JP6476745B2 - Gaming machine - Google Patents

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine.

  Pachinko machines, slot machines and the like are known as a type of gaming machine. Generally, in these gaming machines, a configuration is adopted in which an internal lottery is performed based on the establishment of a predetermined condition, and a privilege is given to a player according to the result of the internal lottery.

  These gaming machines are game effects for causing the player to predict or recognize the lottery result before notifying the player of the result of the internal lottery in order to increase the player's attention to the game. The structure which performs is generally (for example, patent document 1).

JP, 2013-198767, A

  Here, in the gaming machine, in order to further increase the player's attention to the game, it is necessary to preferably improve the interest of the game.

  The present invention has been made to solve at least a part of the above-mentioned problems, and can be realized as the following modes.

[Form]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information, before the special information becomes the target of the matching;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
In a gaming machine provided with
The control means
If it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, a predetermined effect element is determined,
The effect executing means is
Starting means for starting the execution of the determined effect element from game times prior to the game times related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition;
Execution means for causing the determined effect element to be executed a plurality of times with the same content until the game round related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition is completed;
A means for performing, after the execution of a plurality of times of the same content elements is started, suggesting effects suggesting to the player a plurality of executions of the same content elements;
Gaming machine, characterized in that it comprises a.

According to the above aspect, it is possible to preferably improve the interest of the game.
Here, the game effect is executed by outputs from a plurality of hardware such as a speaker, a display device, a light emitting device, and physically operating characters provided in the game machine. The term "reproduction element" refers to a combination of outputs at predetermined timings by the plurality of hardware responsible for game effects. For example, one rendering element (for example, a cut-in advance presentation effect, a reach effect, etc.) is configured by the speaker, the display device, and the light emitting device outputting each at a predetermined timing. And a game production is constituted by a plurality of production elements.

It is a perspective view of a pachinko game machine as one embodiment of the present invention. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is a front view of a game board. It is explanatory drawing which shows the symbol and display surface which are variably displayed in symbol display apparatus. It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is an explanatory view explaining contents of various counters used for a big hit lottery and the like. It is explanatory drawing explaining the success / failure table stored in the success / failure table memory area. It is explanatory drawing explaining the content of the distribution table set to the pachinko machine. It is a flowchart which shows timer interruption processing. It is a flow chart which shows winning a prize processing for starting openings. It is a flow chart which shows winning a prize processing for through. It is a flowchart which shows normal processing. It is a flow chart which shows game times control processing. It is a flowchart which shows data setting processing. It is a flow chart which shows change start processing. It is a flow chart which shows setting processing of display continuation time. It is an explanatory view showing game state transition processing. It is a flow chart which shows big winning a prize opening and closing processing. It is a flowchart which shows the transfer processing at the time of completion | finish of open / close execution mode. It is a flowchart which shows the process for electronic combination support. It is a flow chart which shows electronic component opening and closing processing. FIG. 2 is a block diagram mainly illustrating an electrical configuration of the sound emission control device and the display control device. It is a time chart which shows an example of a feeling of prior notice performed by the pachinko machine of this embodiment. It is explanatory drawing which shows an example of the image displayed on a symbol display apparatus, when a feeling of prior notice is performed. It is a flowchart which shows the timer interruption process performed in sound light side MPU. It is a flowchart which shows a command corresponding | compatible process. It is a flow chart which shows pending command corresponding processing. It is a flowchart which shows the update process at the time of a prize. It is a flowchart which shows confirmation processing. It is a flow chart which shows processing for a feeling of previous notice. It is a flow chart which shows feeling-of-the-eye notice occurrence lottery processing. It is a flowchart which shows an effect setting process. It is a flowchart which shows the setting process of the presentation corresponding to a feeling of prior notice. It is a flowchart which shows the update process at the time of a fluctuation | variation start. It is a flowchart which shows the main processing performed in MPU of a display control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows the command interruption process performed in MPU of a display control apparatus. It is a flowchart which shows the V interruption process performed in MPU of a display control apparatus. It is a time chart which shows an example which makes the number of the production elements of the same contents performed a plurality of times increase with progress of time. It is a time chart which shows an example of a feeling of prior notice performed by the pachinko machine of a 2nd embodiment. It is a time chart which shows an example of a feeling of prior notice performed by the pachinko machine of a 3rd embodiment. It is an explanatory view explaining a display side when a feeling of anticipation notice is performed by a pachinko machine in a 3rd embodiment. It is a time chart which shows an example of a feeling of prior notice performed by the pachinko machine of a 4th embodiment. It is explanatory drawing explaining the outline | summary of the process performed in the main control apparatus of a pachinko machine in 5th Embodiment, and an audio | voice light emission control apparatus. It is a time chart which shows an example of the notice of a feeling of anticipation performed by the pachinko machine of a 6th embodiment. It is a flowchart which shows the flow in case a pachinko machine selects button production XA as a production | presentation element for a feeling of prior notice, and performs the said button production XA twice. FIG. 18 is an explanatory view showing the contents of effect modes XA1 and XA2 and a suggested effect F executed in the button effect XA. It is a flow chart which shows an example of processing at the time of button production XA being performed as a production element for a feeling of previous notice. It is a flow chart which shows a flow in case a pachinko machine chooses button production XB as a production | presentation element for a feeling of prior notice, and performs the said button production XB twice. FIG. 17 is an explanatory view showing the contents of effect modes XB1, XB2, XB3 and a suggested effect F executed in the button effect XB. It is a flowchart which shows an example of a process when button production | presentation XB is performed as a production | presentation element for a feeling of prior notice. It is a flowchart which shows the flow in case a pachinko machine selects button production XC as a production | presentation element for a feeling of prior notice, and performs said button production XC twice. FIG. 17 is an explanatory view showing the contents of effect modes XC1 and XC2 and a suggested effect F executed in the button effect XC. It is a flowchart which shows an example of a process when button production XC is performed as a production | presentation element for a feeling of prior notice. It is a flowchart which shows a flow in case a pachinko machine selects button production XA as a production | presentation element for a feeling of prior notice, and performs the said button production XD twice. FIG. 18 is an explanatory view showing the contents of an effect selection screen XD1, an effect aspect XD2 and an indication effect F executed in the button effect XD. It is a flow chart which shows an example of processing at the time of button production XD being performed as a production element for a feeling of previous notice. It is a flow chart which shows a flow in case a pachinko machine chooses button production XE as a production | presentation element for a feeling of prior notice, and performs the said button production XE twice. FIG. 18 is an explanatory view showing the contents of an effect selection screen XE1, an effect aspect XE2 and an indication effect F executed in the button effect XE. It is a flowchart which shows an example of a process at the time of button production XE being performed as a production | presentation element for a feeling of prior notice. It is a flowchart which shows the flow in case a pachinko machine selects button production XF as a production | presentation element for a feeling of prior notice, and performs said button production XF twice. FIG. 17 is an explanatory view showing the contents of effect modes XF1 and XF2 and a suggested effect F executed in the button effect XF. It is a flow chart which shows an example of processing at the time of button production XF being performed as a production element for a feeling of previous notice. It is a flowchart which shows a flow in case a pachinko machine selects button production XG as a production | presentation element for a feeling of prior notice, and performs said button production XA twice. FIG. 17 is an explanatory view showing the contents of effect modes XG1 and XG2 and a suggested effect F executed in the button effect XG. It is a flow chart which shows an example of processing at the time of button production XG being performed as a production element for a feeling of previous notice. It is a flowchart which shows a flow in case a pachinko machine selects button production XH as a production | presentation element for a feeling of prior notice, and performs the said button production XH twice. FIG. 18 is an explanatory view showing the contents of effect modes XH1, XH2, XH3 and a suggested effect F executed in the button effect XH. It is a flowchart which shows an example of a process at the time of button production XH being performed as a production | presentation element for a feeling of prior notice.

Embodiments of a gaming machine according to the present invention will be described in the following order with reference to the drawings.
A. First embodiment:
A1. Structure of gaming machine:
A2. Electrical configuration of the gaming machine:
A3. Various processes executed in main controller:
A4. Electrical configuration of voice emission control device and display control device:
A5. Notice of a feeling of sight:
A5-1. Summary of the notice of the feeling of sight:
A5-2. Control pertaining to the notice of feeling of sight:
B. Second embodiment:
C. Third embodiment:
D. Fourth Embodiment:
E. Fifth embodiment:
F. Sixth embodiment:
G. Seventh embodiment:
H. Modification:
I. About the invention group extracted from each said embodiment:

A. First embodiment:
A1. Structure of gaming machine:
FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter also referred to as a “pachinko machine”) according to an embodiment of the present invention. The pachinko machine 10 is provided with a wooden outer frame 11 combined into a substantially rectangular shape. When the pachinko machine 10 is installed in the game hall, the outer frame 11 is fixed to the island facility of the game hall. The pachinko machine 10 further includes a pachinko machine main body 12 rotatably supported by the outer frame 11. The pachinko machine main body 12 includes an inner frame 13 and a front door frame 14 disposed on the front surface of the inner frame 13. The inner frame 13 is rotatably supported by a metal hinge 15 with respect to the outer frame 11. The front door frame 14 is rotatably supported on the inner frame 13 by a metal hinge 16. On the back surface of the inner frame 13, control devices for controlling the pachinko machine main body 12, such as a main control device, an audio light emission control device, a display control device, etc., are disposed. Details of these control devices will be described later. Further, the pachinko machine 10 is provided with a cylinder lock 17. The cylinder lock 17 has a function of locking the inner frame 13 against the outer frame 11 so as not to be openable and a function of locking the front door frame 14 against the inner frame 13 so as not to be openable. Each lock is unlocked by performing a predetermined operation on the cylinder lock 17 using a dedicated key.

  An open window 18 is formed in a substantially central portion of the front door frame 14. Around the window portion 18 of the front door frame 14, resin parts and electric decoration parts for decorating the pachinko machine 10 are provided. An electric decoration part is comprised by the light emission means which consists of various lamps, such as LED. The light emitting means plays a role of enhancing the rendering effect by lighting up or flashing at each game play, jackpot win, reach occurrence, etc. performed by the pachinko machine 10. Further, on the back side of the front door frame 14, a glass unit 19 made of two glass sheets is disposed, and the opened window portion 18 is sealed by the glass unit 19. A game board to be described later is detachably attached to the inner frame 13, and the player of the pachinko machine 10 can visually recognize the game board from the front of the pachinko machine 10 via the glass unit 19. Details of the game board will be described later.

  The front door frame 14 is provided with an upper plate 20 and a lower plate 21 for storing game balls. The upper tray 20 is formed in a box shape with an open upper surface, and stores gaming balls such as a lending ball lent out from a lending machine not shown and a prize ball discharged from the pachinko machine main body 12. The game balls stored in the upper tray 20 are supplied to the game ball emission mechanism provided in the pachinko machine main body 12. The game ball firing mechanism is driven by the operation of the operation handle 25 by the player, and shoots the game ball supplied from the upper tray 20 to the front of the game board. The lower plate 21 is disposed below the upper plate 20, and is formed in a box shape with an open upper surface. The lower tray 21 stores gaming balls that can not be stored in the upper tray 20. At the bottom of the lower tray 21, a discharge port 22 for discharging the gaming balls stored in the lower tray 21 is formed. A lever 23 is provided below the discharge port 22, and the player can switch the closed state and the open state of the discharge port 22 by operating the lever 23. When the player operates the lever 23 to open the discharge port 22, the gaming ball falls from the discharge port 22, and the gaming ball is discharged from the lower tray 21 to the outside.

  In front of the peripheral portion of the upper tray 20, a rendering operation button 24 as an operation receiving unit is provided. The effect operation button 24 is an operation unit for the player to perform an input operation on the game effect performed by the pachinko machine 10. When the player operates the effect operation button 24 at a predetermined timing prepared by the pachinko machine 10, a game effect in which the operation is reflected is performed by the pachinko machine 10.

  Further, an operation handle 25 for a player to operate is provided on the right side of the front door frame 14 in a front view. When the player operates the operation handle 25, the game ball is fired from the game ball firing mechanism to the front of the game board in conjunction with the operation. Inside the operation handle 25, there are a touch sensor for permitting driving of the game ball launch mechanism, a weight button for stopping the game ball launch by the game ball launch mechanism by pressing operation by the player, and rotation of the operation handle 25. A variable resistor is provided to detect the amount of movement operation based on a change in electrical resistance. When the player grips the operating handle 25, the touch sensor is turned on, and when the player rotates the operating handle 25 clockwise, the resistance value of the variable resistor changes in accordance with the amount of rotational operation. The game ball is fired from the game ball launch mechanism to the front of the game board with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor.

  Next, the configuration of the back of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. A control device for controlling the operation of the pachinko machine 10 is disposed on the back of the pachinko machine 10.

  FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10. As illustrated, the pachinko machine 10 includes a first control unit 51, a second control unit 52, and a third control unit 53. Specifically, these mechanisms are provided on the back of the inner frame 13.

  The first control unit 51 includes a main controller 60. The main control device 60 has a main control board having a function to control the main control of the game and a function to monitor the power supply. The main control substrate is accommodated in a substrate box made of a transparent resin material.

  The second control unit 52 includes an audio light emission control device 90 and a display control device 100. The sound emission control device 90 controls light emitting means such as speakers and various lamps provided on the front of the pachinko machine 10 based on the command transmitted from the main control device 60. The display control device 100 controls the symbol display device based on the command transmitted from the sound emission control device 90. The symbol display device includes a liquid crystal display that displays a symbol and an image for effect.

  The third control unit 53 includes a payout control device 70 and a emission control device 80. The payout control device 70 performs payout control to pay out the winning balls. When an instruction to launch a game ball is input from the main control device 60, the shot control device 80 plays the game ball so as to launch a game ball whose strength corresponds to the amount of pivotal operation of the operation handle 25 by the player. Control the ball launch mechanism. In addition, on the back surface of the inner frame 13, the game balls supplied from the island facilities of the game hall are sequentially replenished to the tank 54, slope connected to the lower side of the tank 54 and gently sloping so that the game balls flow downstream. The tank rails 55 having the above, the case rails 56 vertically connected to the downstream side of the tank rails 55, and the supply of gaming balls from the case rails 56 receive a predetermined number of gaming balls according to an instruction from the payout control device 70 A plurality of devices necessary for the operation of the pachinko machine 10, such as the dispensing device 71, are provided.

  Next, the game board will be described. The game board is removably attached to the front of the inner frame 13.

  FIG. 3 is a front view of the game board 30. As shown in FIG. The game board 30 is made of plywood, and a game area PA is formed on the front thereof. An inner rail portion 31a and an outer rail portion 31b are attached to the game board 30 so as to partition a part of the outer edge of the game area PA. Between the inner rail portion 31a and the outer rail portion 31b, a guide rail 31 for guiding a game ball is formed. The game balls fired from the game ball launch mechanism are guided to the induction rail 31 and released to the top of the game area PA, and then flow down the game area PA. In the game area PA, a plurality of nails 42 are implanted substantially perpendicularly to the game board 30, and various features such as a windmill are disposed. The nails 42 and the windmill disperse and organize the falling directions of the game balls flowing down the game area PA.

  The game board 30 is formed with a plurality of openings penetrating in the front-rear direction. In each opening, a general winning opening 32, a first starting opening 33, a second starting opening 34, a through gate 35, and a variable winning device 36 are provided. Further, the game board 30 is provided with a variable display unit 40 and a main display unit 45. The main display unit 45 has a special drawing unit 37, a drawing unit 38, and a round display unit 39.

  As illustrated, a plurality of general winning openings 32 are provided on the game board 30. In the present embodiment, when the gaming ball has won in the general winning opening 32, ten gaming balls are paid out from the payout device 71 as a winning ball.

  The first starting opening 33 and the second starting opening 34 are both open upward, and are arranged side by side in the vertical direction such that the first starting opening 33 is above the second starting opening 34. In the present embodiment, when the gaming ball is won in the first starting opening 33, three gaming balls are paid out as winning balls. The second starting port 34 is provided with a motorized accessory 34a consisting of a pair of left and right movable pieces. When the motorized accessory 34a is in the closed state, the gaming ball can not win the second starting opening 34. On the other hand, when the motorized role thing 34a is in the open state, the gaming ball can win a prize in the second starting opening 34. In the present embodiment, when the game ball is won in the second starting opening 34, four game balls are paid out as winning balls. In addition, an out port 43 is provided at the lowermost portion of the game board 30, and game balls that have not won prizes in various winning ports are discharged from the game area PA through the out port 43.

  The through gate 35 has a through hole penetrating in the longitudinal direction. When the gaming ball wins the through gate 35, that is, when the gaming ball passes through the through hole of the through gate 35, the main control device 60 performs an internal lottery (electric combination opening lottery) using the winning as a trigger. As a result of the internal lottery, when the winning combination is won, the electric combination 34a shifts to the open condition in which the electric combination is opened in a predetermined manner. Since the through gate 35 is disposed on the upstream side of the second starting opening 34 in the flow direction of the game ball, the game ball that has won the through gate 35 flows down the game area PA after winning. It is possible to win a prize at the starting opening 34. In the present embodiment, even if a game ball is won in the through gate 35, the payout of the winning ball is not executed.

  The variable winning device 36 has a large winning opening 36a communicating with the back side of the gaming board 30, and an open / close door 36b for opening and closing the large winning opening 36a. The open / close door 36b is normally in a closed state in which the game ball can not win the large winning opening 36a. As a result of the internal lottery (big hit lottery) by the main control unit 60, when the jackpot is won and the mode is shifted to the open / close execution mode, the open / close door 36b repeats the open state where the gaming ball can win and the closed state. In the open / close execution mode, the main control device 60 triggered by the winning of the first start port 33 or the second start port 34 shifts as a result of the big hit lottery by the main control device 60 when the big hit is won, and the open / close door 36b is opened. In this mode, the closed state is repeated. That is, as a result of the jackpot lottery based on the winning of the first starting opening 33, when the jackpot is won, the mode is switched to the open / close execution mode in which winning of the variable winning device 36 to the big winning opening 36a is possible. Similarly, as a result of the jackpot lottery based on the winning of the second starting opening 34, also when the jackpot is won, it shifts to the open / close execution mode in which winning of the big winning opening 36a of the variable winning device 36 is possible. In the present embodiment, when the gaming ball wins the big winning opening 36a of the variable winning device 36, the payout device 71 pays out 15 gaming balls as a winning ball.

  The special drawing unit 37 includes a first result display unit 37a and a second result display unit 37b. Each of the first result display unit 37 a and the second result display unit 37 b is configured of a segment display in which a plurality of segment light emitting units are arranged in a predetermined manner. The first result display unit 37a performs variable display or display as a display mode until the display corresponding to the lottery result is displayed on the segment display when a big hit lottery is triggered by the winning of the first start opening 33 as a trigger. Make a predetermined display. When the lottery is completed, the first result display unit 37a causes the segment indicator to display a predetermined mode corresponding to the lottery result. The second result display unit 37b performs variable display or display as a display mode until a display corresponding to the lottery result is displayed on the segment display when a big hit lottery is triggered by the winning of the second start port 34 as a trigger. Make a predetermined display. When the lottery is finished, the second result display unit 37b causes the segment display to display a predetermined mode corresponding to the lottery result.

  The special drawing unit 37 further includes a first hold display unit 37c and a second hold display unit 37d formed of LED lamps, at positions adjacent to the first result display unit 37a and the second result display unit 37b. In the present embodiment, up to four gaming balls having won the first starting opening 33 are held. The first hold display unit 37c displays the number of first start ports 33 to be held according to the color and combination of the LED lamps to be lighted. Further, in the present embodiment, a maximum of four gaming balls having won the second starting opening 34 are reserved. The second hold display unit 37 d displays the number of held second starting ports 34 according to the color and the combination of the LED lamps to be lighted.

  The drawing unit 38 is configured by a light emitting display unit in which a plurality of LED lamps are arranged in a predetermined manner. When the motor-operated combination open lottery is triggered by the winning on the through gate 35, the drawing unit 38 causes the light-emitting display to turn on, blink, or display a predetermined mode as a display mode of the light-emitting display. When the motorized combination opening lottery ends, the drawing unit 38 displays a predetermined mode corresponding to the lottery result. The special drawing unit 37 and the drawing unit 38 are not limited to being configured by a light emitting display by a segment display or an LED lamp, for example, a liquid crystal display, an organic EL display, a CRT or a dot matrix display For example, it may be configured by various display devices capable of showing a lottery and a lottery result.

  The round display unit 39 is constituted by a light emitting display unit in which a plurality of LED lamps are arranged in a predetermined manner, and displays the number of round games generated in the opening / closing execution mode or displays corresponding to it. A round game is an open / close door until either a predetermined upper limit continuation time elapses or a predetermined upper limit number of gaming balls wins the variable winning device 36 is satisfied. It is a game which continues the open state of 36b. The number of round games varies depending on the type of jackpot winning that triggered the transition. The round display unit 39 starts displaying the number of round games when the opening / closing execution mode is started, and ends when the opening / closing execution mode is ended and a new game cycle is started.

  The variable display unit 40 is disposed substantially at the center of the game area PA. The variable display unit 40 includes a symbol display device 41. The symbol display device 41 is constituted by a liquid crystal display device provided with a liquid crystal display. The display control device 100 controls the display content of the symbol display device 41. The symbol display device 41 is not limited to a liquid crystal display device, and may be configured by various display devices such as a plasma display device, an organic EL display device, or a CRT.

  When the first result display unit 37a performs the variable display or the predetermined display based on the winning on the first starting opening 33, the symbol display device 41 performs the variable display or the predetermined display of the symbol accordingly. Further, when the second result display unit 37b performs the variable display or the predetermined display based on the winning on the second starting opening 34, the symbol display device 41 performs the variable display or the predetermined display of the symbol accordingly. . The symbol display device 41 is not limited to the display effect triggered by the winning of the first start port 33 or the second start port 34, but also performs a display effect in the open / close execution mode to be shifted when a big hit is won. Hereinafter, the details of the symbol display device 41 will be described.

  FIG. 4 is an explanatory view showing a symbol and a display surface 41 a which is variably displayed in the symbol display device 41. FIG. 4A is an explanatory view showing a symbol variably displayed in the symbol display device 41. FIG. As shown to Fig.4 (a), the symbol display apparatus 41 is fluctuated and displayed the symbol which shows 1-8 of a number. In addition, you may employ | adopt the symbol in which symbols, such as a character, were attached | subjected to each symbol which shows 1-8 of a number as a symbol by which a variable display is carried out.

  FIG.4 (b) is explanatory drawing which shows the display surface 41a of the symbol display apparatus 41. FIG. As shown in the figure, on the display surface 41a, three symbol rows Z1, Z2 and Z3 of left, middle and right are displayed. In each symbol row Z1 to Z3, the symbols of numbers 1 to 8 shown in FIG. 4 (a) are arranged in ascending or descending order of the numbers, and each symbol row has periodicity from the top to the bottom or from the bottom A variable display that scrolls up is performed. As shown in FIG. 4B, after the variable display by scrolling, one symbol is displayed in a state of being stopped on the effective line L for each symbol row. Specifically, when the gaming ball wins the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34, the variable display in which the symbols of each of the symbol rows Z1 to Z3 periodically scroll in a predetermined direction is started. Then, each symbol to be scrolled changes from the variable display to the standby display in the order of the symbol row Z1, the symbol row Z3 and the symbol row Z2, and finally, a predetermined symbol is stopped and displayed in each symbol row Z1 to Z3. . When the variation display of the symbol is finished and the stop display is made, and if the result of the big hit lottery by the main control device 60 is a big hit, the predetermined combination of predetermined symbols is on the effective line L It is formed. For example, the same combination of symbols is formed on the effective line L.

  In the present specification, once in the game play, the first start opening 33 or the second start opening in either the first result display unit 37a or the second result display unit 37b and the symbol display device 41. A period from when the variable display is started based on any of the winnings of 34, to when the predetermined lottery result is stopped and displayed, and the next variable display is started. In addition, the time required for one game play is also referred to as a display continuation time. The display continuation time is the time from when the variable display is started until the predetermined lottery result is stopped and displayed, and after the predetermined lottery result is stopped and displayed, the fluctuation of the next game time is started It is composed of the stop display time which is the time until In addition, the aspect of the variation display of the symbols in the symbol display device 41 is not limited to the above-mentioned aspect, the number of symbol rows, the number of effective lines, the direction of the variation display of symbols in the symbol rows, the symbols of each symbol row The aspect of the variable display of symbols, such as number, can adopt various aspects.

  Furthermore, as shown in FIG. 4B, on the display surface 41a of the symbol display device 41, a first hold display area Ds1 and a second hold display area Ds2 are displayed. In the first suspension display area Ds1, the number of suspension based on the winning on the first starting opening 33 is displayed. In the second hold display area Ds2, the number of hold based on the winning on the second starting opening 34 is displayed. In the present embodiment, as described above, the maximum number of game balls reserved in the first starting opening 33 and the second starting opening 34 is up to four.

A2. Electrical configuration of the gaming machine:
Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described. In the present description, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described using a block diagram.

  FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. The pachinko machine 10 is mainly configured around the main control device 60, and includes an audio light emission control device 90 and a display control device 100. The main control device 60 is provided with a main control board 61 which controls the main control of the game. The main control board 61 includes an MPU 62 configured by an element having a plurality of functions. The MPU 62 includes a ROM 63 storing various control programs and fixed value data, and a RAM 64 as a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the program stored in the ROM 63 is executed. The MPU 62 further includes an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and a counter circuit as a random number generator. Note that another element may have some of the functions of the MPU 62. Further, details of various areas provided in the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 will be described later.

  The MPU 62 is provided with an input port and an output port, respectively. To the input side of the MPU 62, various detection sensors 67a to 67e, a payout control device 70, and a power failure monitoring circuit 86 provided in the power supply device 85 are connected. The MPU 62 receives the supply of stable 24 V DC power from the power supply device 85 via the power failure monitoring circuit 86. The power supply device 85 is connected to a commercial power supply as an external power supply, converts external power supplied from the commercial power supply into operation power required by the main control device 60, the payout control device 70, etc. Supply power. Further, the MPU 62 is provided with a plurality of winning openings such as the general winning opening 32, the first starting opening 33, the second starting opening 34, the through gate 35, and the variable winning device 36 as various detecting sensors 67a to 67e. A determination is made as to whether or not the game balls, which are connected to the detection sensor and run down the game area PA during the game, have won a prize at each winning opening. Furthermore, the MPU 62 executes a jackpot lottery based on the winnings on the first starting opening 33 and the second starting opening 34, and executes an electric combination opening lottery based on the winning on the through gate 35.

  On the output side of the MPU 62, a variable winning drive 36c for opening and closing the opening and closing door 36b of the variable winning device 36, an electric combination drive 34b for opening and closing the electric combination 34a of the second start port 34, and main display The unit 45 is connected. The main control board 61 is provided with various driver circuits, and the MPU 62 executes drive control of various driving units through the driver circuits.

  Specifically, in the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 executes drive control of the variable winning drive unit 36 c such that the open / close door 36 b is opened or closed. Further, when the electric combination is opened as a result of the electric combination release lottery, the MPU 62 executes the drive control of the electric combination drive unit 34 b such that the electric combination 34 a is opened. In each game time, the MPU 62 executes display control of the first result display unit 37a or the second result display unit 37b in the main display unit 45, and in the opening / closing execution mode, the round display unit 39 in the main display unit 45. Execute display control of.

  Further, on the transmission side of the MPU 62, a payout control device 70 and an audio emission control device 90 are connected. For example, a winning ball command is transmitted to the payout control device 70 from the main control device 60 based on the result of the winning determination. When main controller 60 transmits a prize ball command, MPU 62 refers to command information storage area 63 f of ROM 63. Specifically, when a winning in the general winning opening 32 is specified, a winning ball command corresponding to the payout of ten gaming balls is transmitted from the main control device 60, and a winning in the first starting opening 33 is specified. In the case of winning, a winning ball command corresponding to the payout of the three gaming balls is transmitted from the main control device 60, and when a winning on the second starting opening 34 is specified, the payout of one gaming ball is dealt. A prize ball command is transmitted from main controller 60. The payout control device 70 controls the payout device 71 based on the winning ball command received from the main control device 60 to pay out the winning balls. A launch control device 80 is connected to the payout control device 70. The launch control device 80 controls the launch of the game ball launch mechanism 81. The game ball launch mechanism 81 is driven when predetermined launch conditions are satisfied.

  The voice emission control device 90 receives various commands transmitted from the main control device 60, and executes processing corresponding to the received various commands. When the main control device 60 transmits various commands, it refers to the command information storage area 63 f of the ROM 63. Details of these various commands will be described later.

  In addition, based on various commands received from the main control device 60, the sound emission control device 90 controls driving of various lamps 47 including light emitting means such as LEDs disposed on the front door frame 14, and controls driving of the speaker 46. And control the display control apparatus 100. In addition, when the rendering operation button 24 is connected to the sound emission control device 90 and the rendering operation button 24 is operated by the player at a predetermined timing, the game rendering reflecting the operation is performed. It controls various lamps 47, speakers 46, display control device 100 and the like.

The display control device 100 executes display control of the symbol display device 41 based on various commands received from the sound emission control device 90. Specifically, based on various commands received from the sound emission control device 90, the display control device 100 grasps the display duration time of the symbols in the symbol display device 41 and the type of combination of symbols to be finally stopped and displayed. At the same time, it grasps the presence or absence of the reach, the content of the reach effect, the content of the notice effect to be executed in each game time, and the like.
The electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 has been described above.

  FIG. 6 is an explanatory view for explaining the contents of various counters used for the jackpot lottery and the like. The various counter information is used when the MPU 62 performs a jackpot lottery, setting of display of the main display unit 45, setting of symbol display of the symbol display device 41, and the like. Specifically, a big hit random number counter C1 is used for the big hit lottery, and a big hit type counter C2 is used when determining a big hit type such as a probability variation big hit result or a normal big hit result, a symbol to be displayed on the symbol display device 41 The reach random number counter C3 is used for the reach lottery whether or not the reach is to be generated when changing out of the column, and the random number initial value counter CINI is used for setting the initial value of the jackpot random number counter C1. Further, when determining the display continuation time in the first result display unit 37 a and the second result display unit 37 b of the main display unit 45 and the symbol display device 41, the fluctuation type counter CS is used. Further, the electric combination opening counter C4 is used for the electric combination opening lottery of whether or not the electric combination 34a of the second starting opening 34 is to be opened.

  Each of the counters C1 to C3, CINI, CS, and C4 is a loop counter in which 1 is added to the counter value each time it is updated, and returns to 0 after reaching the maximum value. Each counter is updated at short time intervals, and the updated value is appropriately stored in the lottery counter buffer 64a set in a predetermined area of the RAM 64.

  The RAM 64 is provided with a pending information storage area 64b. The pending information storage area 64b is configured of a first result display unit pending area Ra, a second result display unit pending area Rb, an execution area AE, and a total pending number storage area. When the gaming ball wins in the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34 sequentially, the values of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 at the winning timing are chronologically stored in the holding information storage area 64b. Stored in

  Details of the jackpot random number counter C1 will be described. The jackpot random number counter C1 is used for the jackpot lottery as described above. For example, the jackpot random number counter C1 is configured to be sequentially incremented by 1 within the range of 0 to 599, and to return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. When the big hit random number counter C1 makes one revolution, the value of the random number initial value counter CINI at that time is read as the initial value of the big hit random number counter C1. The random number initial value counter CINI is a loop counter similar to the large hitting random number counter C1 (value = 0 to 599).

  The jackpot random number counter C1 is periodically updated, and the updated value is stored in the hold information storage area 64b of the RAM 64 at the timing when the gaming ball wins the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34. Specifically, the updated value of the jackpot random number counter C1 is stored in the first result display area Ra for holding information storage area 64b at the timing when the gaming ball has won in the first starting hole 33, and the second starting opening It is stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb of the reserve information storage area 64b at the timing when the gaming ball wins in 34. The value of the random number for winning the big hit is stored as a yes / no table in the yes / no table storage area 63 a of the ROM 63.

  FIG. 7 is an explanatory view for explaining the success / failure table stored in the success / failure table storage area 63a. In the pachinko machine 10, a low probability mode and a high probability mode are set as a lottery mode of the jackpot lottery. FIG. 7A shows a yes / no table for the low probability mode, and FIG. 7B shows a yes / no table for the high probability mode. As shown in FIG. 7A, under the gaming state in which the win / fail table for the low probability mode is referred to at the time of the jackpot lottery, the number of random numbers for jackpot win is two. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 7B, under the gaming state in which the success or failure table for the high probability mode is referred to at the time of the jackpot lottery, the number of random numbers for jackpot win is 21. Further, the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 which is the jackpot winning in the low probability mode is included in the value group of the jackpot random number counter C1 which is the jackpot winning in the high probability mode. The number and value of random numbers to be won are arbitrary as long as the probability of winning in the high probability mode is higher than that in the low probability mode.

  Next, the details of the jackpot type counter C2 will be described. The jackpot type counter C2 is used when determining a jackpot type such as a probability variation jackpot or a normal jackpot. The jackpot type counter C2 is configured to be sequentially incremented by one within the range of 0 to 29 and to return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The jackpot type counter C2 is periodically updated, and is stored in the hold information storage area 64b of the RAM 64 at the timing when the gaming ball wins the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34. More specifically, the game ball is stored in the first result display area reserve area Ra of the hold information storage area 64b (RAM 64) at the timing when the game ball is won in the first start opening 33, and the game ball is won in the second start opening 34 At the timing, it is stored in the second result display area reserve area Rb of the reserve information storage area 64b (RAM 64).

Here, the jackpot type in the pachinko machine 10 will be described. A plurality of jackpots can be set in the pachinko machine 10. Specifically, for example, plural types of jackpots can be set by providing differences between the following three modes or modes.
(1) Aspect of opening and closing control of the variable winning device 36 in the opening and closing execution mode (2) Lottery mode of the jackpot lottery after the end of the opening and closing execution mode (3) of the electric role 34a of the second starting port 34 after the opening and closing execution mode ends Support mode

  In the pachinko machine 10, as an aspect of the opening and closing control of the variable winning device 36 in the above (1) opening and closing execution mode, the occurrence frequency of winning on the variable winning device 36 from the start to the end of the opening and closing execution mode. The high-frequency winning mode and the low-frequency winning mode can be set so as to be relatively high and low. For example, in the high-frequency winning mode, the open / close door 36b is opened and closed 15 times from the start to the end of the open / close execution mode, and one open is performed until 30 seconds elapse or the number of winnings on the open / close door 36b is 10 It can be set to continue until it reaches one. On the other hand, in the low frequency winning mode, the open / close door 36b is opened and closed twice from the start to the end of the open / close execution mode, and one open is performed until 0.2 sec elapses or the number of winnings on the open / close door 36b Can be set to continue until there are six.

  When the operation handle 25 is operated by the player, the game ball emission mechanism 81 is drive-controlled so that one game ball is emitted toward the game area PA in 0.6 sec. In the case of the above-mentioned specific example, in the low frequency winning mode, the opening time of the open / close door 36b is 0.2 sec. That is, in the low frequency winning mode, the open time of the open / close door 36b is shorter than the firing cycle of the game balls. Therefore, in the opening / closing execution mode according to the low frequency winning mode, winning of the gaming ball does not substantially occur. However, even in the opening / closing execution mode according to the low frequency winning mode, the game ball may be set to be awarded.

  The number of times of opening and closing of the open / close door 36b, the open limit time for one open, and the open limit number for one open are winnings on the variable winning device 36 between the start and the end of the open / close execution mode. The open mode of the open / close door 36b is optional as long as the occurrence frequency of is higher in the high-frequency winning mode than in the low-frequency winning mode. Specifically, if the high frequency winning mode has a greater number of opening and closing times, a longer opening limit time for one opening, or a larger number of opening limits for one opening than the low frequency winning mode. Good. In order to clarify the difference between the high-frequency winning mode and the low-frequency winning mode, in the opening / closing execution mode of the low-frequency winning mode, substantially no winning on the variable winning device 36 may occur.

  In the pachinko machine 10, as a mode of lottery mode of the big hit lottery after the (2) opening and closing execution mode ends, a probability change lottery mode in which a big hit lottery is performed using a high probability use failure table as a success or failure table A normal lottery mode for performing a jackpot lottery can be set using a low probability success or failure table. As described with reference to FIG. 7, in the case of performing the jackpot lottery using the high probability success or failure table, the jackpot is won in comparison to the case of performing the big hit lottery using the low probability success or failure table. The probability of doing is high.

  In the pachinko machine 10, as a mode of the support mode of the motorized role 34a of the second starting opening 34 after the above (3) opening and closing execution mode ends, the firing of the gaming ball continues in the same manner to the gaming area PA In the high frequency support mode and the low frequency support mode so that the frequency at which the motorized part 34a of the second starting port 34 is opened per unit time is relatively high and low when compared in the situation where Can be set.

  Specifically, in the high-frequency support mode and the low-frequency support mode, the probability of winning the winning combination in the electric combination opening lottery using the electric combination release counter C4 is the same, but in the high frequency support mode In the low frequency support mode, the number of times the motorized accessory 34a is in the open state may be set more frequently when the electronic winning combination is won, and one open time may be set longer. In the high frequency support mode, when the opening is elected and the open state of the motorized accessory 34a occurs a plurality of times, the closing time from the end of one open state to the start of the next open state is , May be set shorter than one open time. Furthermore, in the high frequency support mode, the minimum securing time for setting the next electric combination opening lottery after the one electric combination opening lottery is performed is set shorter than in the low frequency support mode. May be

  As described above, in the high frequency support mode, the probability of the winning of the second starting opening 34 is higher than that in the low frequency support mode. In other words, in the low frequency support mode, the probability of winning in the first start port 33 is higher than that of the second start port 34, but in the high frequency support mode, the second start port 33 is the second start. There is a high probability that a winning on the mouth 34 will occur. In the case of a high-frequency support mode, the player plays a game while not reducing the ball much because a payout of a predetermined number of game balls is executed when a winning on the second starting opening 34 occurs. Can.

  The configuration for increasing the frequency with which the high frequency support mode is to be in the open state per unit time rather than the low frequency support mode is not limited to the above, and, for example, The probability of winning the winning combination may be increased. In addition, in the configuration in which a plurality of types of securing time are secured in which the next electric combination opening lottery is performed after one electric combination opening lottery is performed, the low frequency is set in the high frequency support mode. It may be set so that a short securing time may be easily selected or the average securing time may be shorter than the support mode. Furthermore, the number of times of opening is increased, the opening time is extended, and the securing time secured upon the next electric combination opening lottery being performed after the one electric combination opening lottery is performed (i.e., shorter) Apply one or any combination of the following conditions: one display duration time in the drawing unit 38), the average time of the securing time is shortened, and the winning probability is increased. May enhance the advantage of the frequent support mode over the low frequency support mode.

  As described above, it is possible to set multiple types of jackpots for the pachinko machine 10. In the present embodiment, when the jackpot is won in the jackpot lottery, the jackpot type counter C2 is used to sort the plurality of jackpot types. The distribution destination of the jackpot type corresponding to the value of the jackpot type counter C2 is stored in the distribution table storage area 63b of the ROM 63 as a distribution table.

  FIG. 8 is an explanatory view for explaining the contents of the distribution table set in the pachinko machine 10. FIG. 8A shows a distribution table for the first result display unit, and FIG. 8B shows a distribution table for the second result display unit.

  As shown in the distribution table for the first result display unit in FIG. 8A, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, 8R normal big hit, 16R normal big hit, 8R as a jackpot type based on the first start port 33. Certainly variable jackpot, 16R certainty variable jackpot is set. In the 8R normal jackpot and 16R normal jackpot, the mode of the open / close control of the variable winning device 36 in the open / close execution mode is the high frequency win mode, the success or failure lottery mode after the open / close execution mode is the low probability mode, the open / close execution mode After the end of the support mode is a jackpot that becomes a frequent support mode. The high frequency support mode in the 8R normal jackpot and the 16R normal jackpot shifts to the low frequency support mode when the number of games reaches the end reference number (specifically, 100 times) after the transition to the high frequency support mode.

  In the 8R probability variation big hit and the 16R probability variation big hit, the mode of the open / close control of the variable winning device 36 in the open / close execution mode is the high frequency win mode, the success / failure lottery mode after the open / close execution mode is the high probability mode, the open / close execution mode After the end of the support mode is a jackpot that becomes a frequent support mode. The high frequency support mode at 8R probability variation jackpot and 16R probability variation jackpot continues until the next jackpot win.

  In the distribution table for the first result display unit, among the values of the big hit type counter C2 of "0 to 29", "0 to 5" corresponds to 8R normal big hit, and "6 to 8" is 16R normal "9 to 23" corresponds to the 8R probability variation jackpot, and "24 to 29" corresponds to the 16R probability variation jackpot.

  As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, four types of jackpots are set as jackpot types. Therefore, the aspect of the jackpot is diversified. When these four types of jackpots are compared, the degree of advantage for the player is highest for the 16R probability variation jackpot, next highest for the 8R probability variation jackpot, then 16R normal jackpot, and finally 8R normal jackpot. By thus setting a plurality of types of jackpots having different degrees of advantage for the player, monotonization of the game can be suppressed, and attention to the game can be increased.

  Next, as shown in the distribution table for the second result display unit in FIG. 8B, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, 8R normal jackpot, 16R normal as a jackpot type based on the second start port 34. Jackpot, 8R probability variation jackpot, 16R probability variation jackpot is set. In the distribution table for the second result display unit, among the values of the big hit type counter C2 of "0 to 29", "0 to 2" corresponds to 8R normal big hit, and "3 to 8" is 16 R normal It corresponds to the jackpot, "9 to 14" corresponds to the 8R probability variation jackpot, and "15 to 29" corresponds to the 16R probability variation jackpot. As described above, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the distribution mode of the type of jackpot when the jackpot is won is the case where the jackpot is won based on the winning of the first starting opening 33, and the second This is different from the case where the jackpot is won based on the winning of the starting opening 34.

  On the other hand, in either of the distribution table for the first result display unit and the distribution table for the second result display unit, the probability of being allocated to the probability variation jackpot when the big hit is won is the same. That is, both in the distribution table for the first result display unit and in the distribution table for the second result display unit, the number of values of the jackpot type counter C2 assigned to the 16R probability variation jackpot and the 8R probability variation jackpot are assigned The number obtained by totaling the number of values of the jackpot type counter C2 that has been set is 21 in all cases. However, the probability of occurrence of the 16R probability variation jackpot having the highest degree of advantage for the player among the probability variation jackpots is the direction to the first starting opening 33 when the jackpot is won based on the winning to the second starting opening 34. Higher than if you win a jackpot based on the winnings.

  As described above, the distribution mode of the jackpot types of the first starting opening 33 and the second starting opening 34 has a clear difference in the advantage for the player. Therefore, the player plays a game while expecting the winning of the second starting opening 34 among the first starting opening 33 and the second starting opening 34 to occur. If the result is out in the success or failure lottery, there is no transition to the open / close execution mode, and no change in the success or failure lottery mode or the support mode occurs.

  As described above, the MPU 62 carries out a jackpot lottery using the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE, and uses the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE to perform the jackpot type The MPU 62 further determines the stop result of the symbols displayed on the first result display unit 37a and the second result display unit 37b using the value of the big hit random number counter C1 and the value of the big hit type counter C2 Decide. In the determination, the stop result table stored in the stop result table storage area 63e of the ROM 63 is referred to.

  Next, the details of the reach random number counter C3 will be described. For example, the reach random number counter C3 is configured to be sequentially incremented by one within the range of 0 to 238, and to return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The reach random number counter C3 is periodically updated, and is stored in the hold information storage area 64b of the RAM 64 at the timing when the gaming ball wins the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34. Specifically, the updated value of the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the first result display area holding area Ra of the RAM 64 at the timing when the gaming ball is won in the first starting opening 33, and the gaming ball is in the second starting opening 34 The updated value of the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the second result display holding area Rb of the RAM 64 at the timing of winning. The value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the first result display area reserve area Ra or the second result display area reserve area Rb moves to the execution area AE, and then the reach determination table storage area 63c of the ROM 63. The table is compared with the reach determination table stored in the table to determine whether to generate a reach. However, as a result of the jackpot lottery, when the jackpot is won and the mode is shifted to the open / close execution mode, the MPU 62 determines the reach occurrence regardless of the value of the reach random number counter C3.

  The reach means that there is a possibility that a combination of symbols corresponding to a big hit may be established for some symbol rows among a plurality of symbol rows displayed on the display screen of the symbol display device 41. It is displayed, and refers to the display state in which the variation display of symbols is performed in the remaining symbol rows in that state. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, the combination of the symbol corresponding to big hit means the combination of the same symbol in a predetermined effective line. Specifically, on the display surface 41a of FIG. 4 (b), first, the symbols are stopped and displayed in the symbol row Z1, and then the same symbols as Z1 are stopped and displayed in the symbol rows Z3 to form a reach line. In the situation in which the said reach line is formed, it becomes reach by performing the change display of a symbol in symbol row Z2. When a big hit occurs, the same symbol as the symbol forming the reach line is stopped and displayed on the symbol column Z2.

  Also, for reach, while reach line is formed, while performing fluctuation display of symbols in the remaining symbol rows, and performing reach effect by displaying a predetermined character or the like as a moving image on the background screen, There is a method of performing reach effect by displaying a predetermined character or the like as a moving image over substantially the entire display surface 41a after reducing or non-displaying a combination of symbols on which a reach line is formed. In addition, when reach effect is performed or before the reach display, it is determined whether the advance display using a predetermined image such as a predetermined character is to be performed using the reach random number counter C3 or another counter. May be

  Next, details of the fluctuation type counter CS will be described. For example, the fluctuation type counter CS is configured to be sequentially incremented by one within the range of 0 to 198 and to return to 0 after reaching the maximum value. The fluctuation type counter CS is used when the MPU 62 determines the display continuation time in the first result display unit 37 a and the second result display unit 37 b and the display continuation time of the symbol in the symbol display device 41. The fluctuation type counter CS is updated once each time a normal process to be described later is executed once, and is repeatedly updated even within the remaining time in the normal process. Then, the buffer value of the fluctuation type counter CS is acquired at the time of the start of the fluctuation display in the first result display unit 37a or the second result display unit 37b and the determination of the fluctuation pattern at the start of the fluctuation of the symbol by the symbol display device 41. In determining the display continuation time in the first result display unit 37a and the second result display unit 37b, the display continuation time table stored in the display continuation time table storage area 63d of the ROM 63 is used.

  Next, the details of the motor-operated product release counter C4 will be described. The motor-operated combination release counter C4 is configured to be sequentially incremented by one within the range of 0 to 249, for example, and returned to zero after reaching the maximum value. The motorized jack release counter C4 is periodically updated, and is stored in the hold combination area 64c of the RAM 64 at the timing when the game ball wins the through gate 35. Then, at a predetermined timing, a lottery is performed to determine whether or not the motorized jack 34a is to be controlled to the open state using the value of the stored motorized jack release counter C4. For example, if C4 = 0 to 199, the motorized accessory 34a is controlled to be in the open state, and if C4 = 200 to 249, the motorized accessory 34a is controlled to be in the closed state.

  The combination of one set of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 stored in the first result display holding area Ra corresponds to the hold information related to the first starting opening 33, 2 A combination of one set of big hit random number counter C1, big hit type counter C2 and reach random number counter C3 stored in the hold area Rb for result display unit corresponds to the hold information related to the second starting port 34, and these hold information Is equivalent to the special information in the present invention.

A3. Various processes executed in main controller:
Next, timer interrupt processing and normal processing executed by the MPU 62 of the main control device 60 in order to advance each game will be described. The MPU 62 executes NMI interrupt processing activated by the input of a power failure signal in addition to timer interrupt processing and normal processing, but the description of these processing is omitted.

<Timer interrupt processing>
FIG. 9 is a flowchart showing timer interrupt processing. As described above, the timer interrupt process is activated periodically (for example, 2 msec cycle) by the MPU 62 of the main control device 60.

  In step S101, reading processing of the various detection sensors 67a to 67e is executed. That is, the states of the various detection sensors 67a to 67e connected to the main control device 60 are read, the states of the sensors are determined, and the detection information (winning detection information) is stored. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S102.

  In step S102, the random number initial value counter CINI is updated. Specifically, 1 is added to the random number initial value counter CINI, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value, it is cleared to 0. Then, the updated value of the random number initial value counter CINI is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 64. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103.

  In step S103, update of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3, and the electric combination release counter C4 is executed. Specifically, 1 is added to each of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2, the reach random number counter C3 and the motorized combination release counter C4, and when their respective counter values reach the maximum value, Clear to 0. Then, the updated values of the counters C1 to C4 are stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 64. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S104.

  In step S104, the winning opening process for the starting opening accompanying the winning of the first starting opening 33 and the second starting opening 34 is executed. Details of the winning process for the starting opening in step S104 will be described later. After executing step S104, the process proceeds to step S105.

  In step S105, a winning process for through is accompanied by the winning of the through gate 35. Details of the through winning process of step S105 will be described later. After executing step S105, the MPU 62 ends the timer interrupt process.

<Prize process for starting opening>
Next, winning processing for the starting opening will be described. The winning process for the starting opening is executed by the MPU 62 of the main control device 60 as a subroutine (FIG. 9: S104) of the timer interrupt process.

  FIG. 10 is a flowchart showing a winning process for the starting opening. In step S201, it is determined whether or not the gaming ball has won the first start hole 33 (start winning) based on the detection state of the detection sensor corresponding to the first start hole 33. In step S201, when it is determined that the gaming ball has won the first starting opening 33 (S201: YES), the process proceeds to step S202, and a winning ball command for causing the payout control device 70 to pay out three gaming balls Set Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S203.

  In step S203, an external signal setting process is performed to signal that the gaming ball has won the first starting opening 33 to the management control device on the gaming hall side. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S204.

  In step S204, the start pending number RaN (hereinafter, also referred to as a first start pending number RaN), which is a value stored in the pending number storage area of the first result display portion pending area Ra, is read, and the first starting pending number RaN is set as a target of processing described later. The first starting reservation number RaN indicates the number of holdings based on the winning on the first starting opening 33. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S209.

  In step S201, when it is determined that the gaming ball is not winning in the first starting opening 33 (S201: NO), the process proceeds to step S205, and is the gaming ball winning in the second starting opening 34 (start winning) It is determined based on the detection state of the detection sensor corresponding to the second start port 34 whether or not it is.

  In step S205, when it is determined that the gaming ball has won the second starting opening 34 (S205: YES), the process proceeds to step S206, and a winning ball command for causing the payout control device 70 to pay out four gaming balls Set Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S207. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S205 that the gaming ball has not won the second starting opening 34 (S205: NO), the winning processing for the main starting opening is ended.

  In step S207, an external signal setting process is performed in order to output to the management control device on the game hall side that the game ball has won the second starting opening 34 as a signal. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S208.

  In step S208, the start pending number RbN (hereinafter, also referred to as a second start pending number RbN), which is a value stored in the pending number storage area of the second result display section pending area Rb, is read, and the second starting pending number RbN is set as a target of processing described later. The second starting reservation number RbN indicates the number of holdings based on the winning on the second starting opening 34. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S209.

  In step S209, it is determined whether or not the start reservation pending number N (RaN or RbN) set in step S204 or step S208 described above is less than the upper limit (4 in the present embodiment). In step S209, when the start reservation number N is not less than the upper limit (S209: NO), the winning process for the starting opening is ended. On the other hand, if the start pending number N is less than the upper limit in step S209 (S209: YES), the process proceeds to step S210, and 1 is added to the start pending number N for the corresponding result display pending area. Proceeding to step S211, 1 is added to the value stored in the total pending count storage area (hereinafter referred to as the total pending count CRN). The total pending number CRN indicates the sum of the first starting pending number RaN and the second starting pending number RbN. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S212.

  In step S212, each value of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 is the first storage area among the free storage areas of the corresponding result display holding area, ie, step It stores in the storage area corresponding to the number of holdings which added 1 in S210. Specifically, when the first start reservation number RaN is set as the processing target, each value of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 is The first storage area of the free storage areas of the 1 result display area reserve area Ra, ie, the storage area corresponding to the first start reserve number RaN to which 1 is added in step S210, is stored. In addition, when the second start reservation number RbN is set as a processing target, each value of the big hit random number counter C1, big hit type counter C2 and reach random number counter C3 updated in step S103 is displayed as a second result The storage area corresponding to the first storage area among the free storage areas of the group storage area Rb, that is, the second start reservation number RbN obtained by adding 1 in step S210, is stored. After executing step S212, the process proceeds to step S213.

  In step S213, processing for setting a hold command is executed. Specifically, information (hold information) of each value of the jackpot random number counter C1, the jackpot type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 is stored in the hold command. Thereafter, the winning process for the starting opening is ended. The hold command indicates that the winning of the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34 has occurred and the hold information acquired based on the winning is the control device of the audio light emission control device 90 and the display control device which are sub-sides. In addition to making it recognized in 100, whether or not the suspension information pertaining to the current prize corresponds to the jackpot, which type of jackpot it corresponds to when the jackpot is supported, or the reach occurrence is supported It is a command for causing the control device on the sub side to confirm whether or not the pending information is to be the target of the jackpot lottery by the main control device 60. The hold command is transmitted to the voice emission control device 90 in the external output process (FIG. 12: step S402) of the normal process described later, and the voice emission control device 90 having received the hold command performs the confirmation process described later (FIG. 27: At step S1602, FIG. 29), whether or not the hold information pertaining to the current prize corresponds to the jackpot, and if it corresponds to the jackpot, which type of jackpot it corresponds to, corresponding to the reach occurrence It is confirmed before the hold information concerned becomes a target of the jackpot lottery by the main control device 60.

  Further, when the voice emission control device 90 receives the hold command transmitted based on the winning on the first start opening 33, the display in the first hold display area Ds1 of the symbol display device 41 is increased in the number of hold. Is sent to the display control apparatus 100 in order to make it change according to. The display control device 100 that has received the command changes the display in the first hold display area Ds1 of the symbol display device 41 in accordance with the increase in the number of hold. On the other hand, when the hold command transmitted based on the winning on the second start opening 34 is received, the voice emission control device 90 increases the number of the hold in the second hold display area Ds2 of the symbol display device 41. Is sent to the display control apparatus 100 in order to make it change according to. The display control device 100 that has received the command changes the display in the second hold display area Ds2 of the symbol display device 41 in accordance with the increase in the number of holdings.

  Note that the MPU 62 of the main control device 60 wins the current prize based on information (hold information) of each value of the big hit random number counter C1, the big hit type counter C2 and the reach random number counter C3 stored in the storage area by the current prize. Confirmation processing to confirm whether or not the suspension information pertaining to the jackpot corresponds to the jackpot, which type of jackpot it corresponds to when the jackpot is supported, the reach occurrence, etc. The same processing as the confirmation processing in step S1602 of FIG. 27 and FIG. 29 may be executed, and the result of the confirmation may be set as the hold command. In this case, the confirmation process (FIG. 27: step S 1602, FIG. 29) by the audio light emission control device 90 can be omitted.

<Through winning process>
Next, the through winning process will be described. The winning combination processing for through is executed by the MPU 62 of the main control device 60 as a subroutine of timer interrupt processing (FIG. 9: S105).

  FIG. 11 is a flowchart showing the through winning process. In step S301, it is determined whether the gaming ball has won the through gate 35 or not. In step S301, when it is determined that the gaming ball has won the through gate 35 (S301: YES), the process proceeds to step S302, and whether or not the number of bonus items reserved SN is less than the upper limit (4 in this embodiment) Determine if It should be noted that the number-of-items-reserved number SN is a value indicating the number of winnings on the through gate 35 which has been suspended for performing the electric combination opening symbol. In the present embodiment, the maximum value of the number of bonus items held SN is four. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S301 that the game ball has not won in the through gate 35 (S301: NO), the through processing for this through is ended.

  If it is determined in step S302 that the number is less than the upper limit (less than 4) of the number of bonus holding pieces SN (S302: YES), the process proceeds to step S303, and 1 is added to the number of pieces of bonus holding SN. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S304. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S302 that the value of the number of bonus items held SN is not less than the upper limit value (S302: NO), that is, if the value of the number of bonus items held number SN is greater than the upper limit value, The winning process for the through is completed without storing the value of the motorized product release counter C4.

  In step S304, the value of the motorized product release counter C4 updated in step S103 is stored in the first storage area of the free storage areas of the power storage area 64c of the RAM 64. Thereafter, the through processing for this through is ended.

<Normal processing>
Next, normal processing will be described. The normal processing is processing that is started by the MPU 62 of the main control device 60 when the power is turned on. In the normal processing, main processing of the game is performed.

  FIG. 12 is a flowchart showing normal processing. In step S401, start-up processing is performed. Specifically, initialization of each control device accompanying power on, determination of validity of data stored in the RAM 64, and the like are executed. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S402.

  In step S402, output data such as a command set in the timer interrupt process or the normal process executed last time is transmitted to each control device on the sub side. Specifically, it determines the presence or absence of a winning ball command, and if the winning ball command is set, it sends it to the payout control device 70. Further, when commands relating to effects such as a variation command and a type command are set, they are transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. After executing step S402, the process proceeds to step S403.

  In step S403, the variation type counter CS is updated. Specifically, 1 is added to the fluctuation type counter CS, and the counter value is cleared to 0 when the counter value reaches the maximum value. Then, the update value of the fluctuation type counter CS is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 64. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S404.

  In step S404, the winning ball counting signal and the payout abnormality signal received from the payout control device 70 are read, and the process proceeds to step S405. In step S405, game number control processing for controlling the game in each game number is executed. In the game number control process, a jackpot lottery, setting of variable display of symbols by the symbol display device 41, display control of the first result display unit 37a, and the second result display unit 37b, etc. are performed. Details of the game number control process will be described later. After executing step S405, the process proceeds to step S406.

  In step S406, a game state transition process is executed to shift the game state. By executing the gaming state transition process, the gaming state transitions to the open / close execution mode, the high probability mode, the high frequency support mode, and the like. Details of the game state transition process will be described later. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S407.

  In step S <b> 407, a process for supporting the combination for driving and controlling the motorized part 34 a provided in the second starting port 34 is performed. In the electric support process, it is determined whether or not the motor-operated part 34a is in the open state. The details of the processing for electronic mail support will be described later. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S408.

  In step S408, it is determined whether a predetermined time (4 msec in the present embodiment) has elapsed from the start of the current normal processing (strictly, the start of the external output processing in step S402). That is, it is determined whether the execution timing of the next normal processing has come. If it is determined in step S408 that the predetermined time (4 msec) has not elapsed from the start of the current normal processing (S408: NO), the next normal processing execution timing is reached in steps S409 and S410. Within the remaining time, the random number initial value counter CINI and the variation type counter CS are repeatedly updated. Specifically, in step S409, 1 is added to the random number initial value counter CINI, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value, it is cleared to 0. Then, the updated value of the random number initial value counter CINI is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 64. In step S410, 1 is added to the fluctuation type counter CS, and when the counter value reaches the maximum value, it is cleared to 0. Then, the update value of the fluctuation type counter CS is stored in the corresponding buffer area of the RAM 64. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S408 that the predetermined time (4 msec) has elapsed from the start of the current normal processing (S408: YES), the process returns to step S402, and each process from step S402 to step S407 is performed. Run.

  In addition, since the execution time of each process of step S402 to step S407 changes according to the state of a game, the remaining time until it reaches the execution timing of the next normal process is not constant but fluctuates. Therefore, the values of these counters can be randomly updated by repeatedly executing updating of the random number initial value counter CINI and the variation type counter CS using such remaining time.

<Game times control processing>
Next, the game number control process will be described. The game number control process is executed by the MPU 62 of the main control device 60 as a subroutine of the normal process (FIG. 12: S405).

  FIG. 13 is a flowchart showing the game number control process. In step S501, it is determined whether the open / close execution mode is in progress. Specifically, it is determined whether or not the open / close execution mode flag is stored in the open / close execution mode flag storage area in the various flag storage areas 64 e of the RAM 64. The opening / closing execution mode flag is stored when the gaming state is shifted to the opening / closing execution mode in the gaming state transition processing described later, and is deleted when ending the opening / closing execution mode in the gaming state transition processing.

  In step S501, when it is determined that the open / close execution mode is in progress (S501: YES), the present game play control process is ended without executing any of the processes after step S502. That is, when in the opening / closing execution mode, the game play is not started regardless of whether or not a winning on the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34 has occurred. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S501 that the open / close execution mode is not in progress (S501: NO), the process proceeds to step S502.

  In step S502, it is determined whether or not the main display unit 45 is displaying variable. Specifically, it is determined whether or not any one of the first result display unit 37a and the second result display unit 37b is in the variable display mode. This determination is performed by determining whether a variable display flag storage area is stored in the variable display flag storage area in the various flag storage areas 64 e of the RAM 64. The variation display flag is stored when variation display is started for either the first result display unit 37a or the second result display unit 37b, and is erased when the variation display is ended.

  In step S502, when it is determined that the main display unit 45 is not in the variable display (S502: NO), the process proceeds to the processing for game play start in steps S503 to S505. In step S503, it is determined whether the total pending number CRN is "0". The case where the total reserve number CRN is "0" means that the reserve number for start is "0" for any of the first start port 33 and the second start port 34. Accordingly, when it is determined in step S503 that the total number of held pieces CRN is "0" (S503: YES), the game play control process is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S503 that the total pending number CRN is not "0" (S503: NO), the process proceeds to step S504.

  In step S504, data setting processing for setting the data stored in the first result display area reserve area Ra or the second result display area reserve area Rb to the state after the start of fluctuation is performed, and in step S505. move on. Details of the data setting process will be described later.

  In step S505, the variation start process for starting the variation display on the main display unit 45 and the variation display on the symbol display device 41 is executed. Thereafter, the game play control process ends. The details of the change start process will be described later.

  When it is determined in step S502 that the main display unit 45 is in the variable display (S502: YES), the processing for game play progression in steps S506 to S509 is executed.

  In step S506, it is determined whether or not the variation display time of the current game play has elapsed. As described above, the variable display time is a time from when the symbol row starts to change until all the symbol rows stop, and is a part of the display duration time. Specifically, in step S506, it is determined whether the value of the variable display time information stored in the variable display time counter area of the RAM 64 has become "0". The value of the variable display time information is set in a process of setting a display continuation time described later (FIG. 15: S714). The value of the set variable display time information is decremented by one each time the timer interrupt process is activated.

  If it is determined in step S506 that the variable display time has not elapsed (S506: NO), the process proceeds to step S507 to execute a variable display process. The variable display process is a process of changing the display mode in the result display unit according to the current game run. After executing step S507, the game number control process ends.

  If it is determined in step S506 that the fluctuation display time has elapsed (S506: YES), the process proceeds to step S508, and fluctuation end processing is executed. In the fluctuation end process, the result display unit is displayed such that the form of the symbol to be displayed on the result display unit determined in the fluctuation start process (S505) described later is displayed on the result display unit according to the current game round Control. After executing step S508, the process proceeds to step S509.

  In step S509, a change end command is set. The fluctuation end command set in step S509 is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90 in step S402 in the normal process (FIG. 12). The sound emission control device 90 ends the effect in the game play based on the received change end command. In addition, the fluctuation end command is transmitted from the sound emission control device 90 to the display control device 100, and the display control device 100 receives the fluctuation end command to determine and display the final stop symbol in the game time (final stop Display). After executing step S509, the game number control process ends.

  The pachinko machine 10 may not be configured to use the change end command. In this case, the voice light emission control device 90 and the display control device 100 measure the elapsed time from the start of the game play with a timer counter or the like, and based on the passage of a predetermined time, The effect may be ended, or the final stop symbol in the game play may be confirmed (final stop display).

<Data setting process>
Next, data setting processing will be described. The data setting process is executed by the MPU 62 of the main control device 60 as a subroutine of the game number control process (FIG. 13: S504).

  FIG. 14 is a flowchart showing data setting processing. In step S601, it is determined whether the second start pending count RbN pending stored in the second result display pending area Rb is “0”. If it is determined in step S601 that the second start reservation number RbN is "0" (S601: YES), the data setting process for the first result display unit in steps S602 to S607 is executed, while If it is determined that the second start reservation number RbN is not "0" (S601: NO), the data setting process for the second result display unit in steps S608 to S613 is executed.

  Here, the case where the data setting process is executed refers to the case where the total hold number CRN is 1 or more as described in FIG. 13 (see FIG. 13: S503). In this case, in the data setting process, it is determined whether or not the second start reservation number RbN is "0", and if it is not "0", that is, the suspension information for variable display is stored in the second result display unit 37b. If the first start reservation number RaN is 1 or more, the data stored in the second result display area Rb is set as the target of the data setting process. Thus, when the hold information is stored in both of the first result display unit reserved area Ra and the second result display unit reserved area Rb, the second result display unit corresponding to the second start port 34 is stored. The hold information stored in the hold area Rb is prioritized.

  In step S602, after subtracting 1 from the first start reservation number RaN of the first result display area holding area Ra, the process proceeds to step S603 to subtract 1 from the total reservation number CRN. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S604. In step S604, the data stored in the first area of the first result display holding area Ra is moved to the execution area AE. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S605.

  In step S605, processing for shifting data stored in the storage area of the first result display holding area Ra is performed. The data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting data stored in the first to fourth areas toward the lower area. Specifically, the data in the first area is cleared, and the data in each area is shifted in the following order: second area → first area, third area → second area, fourth area → third area. After executing step S605, the process proceeds to step S606.

  In step S606, if the second result display unit flag is stored in the various flag storage area 64e, the flag is erased, and if it is not stored, the state is maintained. The second result display unit flag is information for specifying which of the first result display unit 37a and the second result display unit 37b is the target of the start of the current variable display. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S607.

  In step S607, a shift command is set. The shift command is a command including information for causing the sound emission control device 90, which is a control device on the sub side, to recognize that data in the hold area has been shifted. In this case, from the command information storage area 63f of the ROM 63, information that the suspension area targeted for the current data shift corresponds to the suspension area Ra for the first result display unit, that is, the first starting opening 33 The shift command including the information on that it corresponds to is selected, and the selected shift command is set as a command to be transmitted to the sound emission control apparatus 90. Thereafter, the data setting process is ended.

  The shift command set in step S 607 is transmitted to the sound emission control device 90 in step S 402 in the normal process (FIG. 12). The voice light emission control device 90 transmits a command for changing the display in the first hold display area Ds1 of the symbol display device 41 in accordance with the decrease in the number of holdings to the display control device 100 based on the received shift command. Do. The display control device 100 that has received the command changes the display in the first hold display area Ds1 of the symbol display device 41 in accordance with the decrease in the number of hold.

  If it is determined in step S601 that the second start reservation number RbN is not "0" (S601: NO), the data setting process for the second result display unit in steps S608 to S613 is executed as described above. Do.

  In step S608, the second start reservation number RbN of the second result display area reserve area Rb is decremented by one. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S609. In step S609, the total pending number CRN is decremented by one, and in step S610, the data stored in the first area of the second result display area pending area Rb is moved to the execution area AE. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S611.

  In step S611, the process of shifting the data stored in the storage area of the second result display area reserve area Rb is executed. The data shift process is a process of sequentially shifting data stored in the first to fourth areas toward the lower area. Specifically, the data in the first area is cleared, and the data in each area is shifted in the following order: second area → first area, third area → second area, fourth area → third area. After executing step S611, the process proceeds to step S612.

  In step S612, if the second result display area flag storage area provided in the various flag storage area 64e does not store the second result display area flag, the flag is stored, and if it is stored, the second result display area flag is stored. Maintain the state. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S613.

  In step S613, a shift command is set. The shift command is a command including information for causing the sound emission control device 90, which is a control device on the sub side, to recognize that data in the hold area has been shifted. In this case, from the command information storage area 63f of the ROM 63, information indicating that the hold area subject to the current data shift corresponds to the hold area Rb for the second result display unit, that is, the second starting opening 34 The shift command including the information on that it corresponds to is selected, and the selected shift command is set as a command to be transmitted to the sound emission control apparatus 90. Thereafter, the data setting process is ended.

  The shift command set in step S613 is transmitted to the sound emission control apparatus 90 in step S402 in the normal process (FIG. 12). The voice emission control device 90 causes the display control device 100 to change the display in the second hold display area Ds2 of the symbol display device 41 in accordance with the decrease in the number of held pieces based on the received shift command. Send. The display control device 100 that has received the command changes the display in the second hold display area Ds2 of the symbol display device 41 in accordance with the decrease in the number of hold.

<Variation start processing>
Next, the fluctuation start process will be described. The variation start process is executed by the MPU 62 of the main control device 60 as a subroutine of the game number control process (FIG. 13: S505).

  FIG. 15 is a flowchart showing the fluctuation start process. In step S701, it is determined whether the success or failure lottery mode is the high probability mode. Specifically, it is determined whether the high probability mode flag is stored in the high probability mode flag storage area provided in the various flag storage area 64 e of the RAM 64. The high probability mode flag is a flag for specifying in the MPU 62 whether the success or failure lottery mode is the high probability mode, and is stored at the end of the open / close execution mode according to the winning of the probability variation jackpot in this embodiment. It is usually erased when the jackpot is won afterward.

  In step S701, when it is determined that the success or failure lottery mode is not the high probability mode (S701: NO), the process proceeds to step S702, and the success or failure determination is performed with reference to the low / probability mode acceptance table. Specifically, whether or not the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE matches the value set as the jackpot win in the low probability mode success / failure table shown in FIG. 7A. Determine if On the other hand, if it is determined in step S701 that the mode is the high probability mode (S701: YES), the process proceeds to step S703, and the success / failure determination is performed with reference to the success / failure table for the high probability mode. Specifically, whether or not the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE matches the value set as the jackpot win in the high probability table for high probability mode shown in FIG. 7B. Determine if After executing step S702 or step S703, the process proceeds to step S704.

  In step S704, it is determined whether or not the result of the pass / fail determination (big hit lottery) in step S702 or step S703 is a big hit. In step S704, if the result of the success or failure judgment is a big hit (S704: YES), in step S705 to step S712, in order to set the processing and stop result for setting the game result in the case of a big hit Execute the process of

  In step S 705, it is determined whether the second result display unit flag is stored in the RAM 64. If it is determined in step S705 that the second result display unit flag is not stored (S705: NO), the process proceeds to step S706, and the distribution table for the first result display unit (see FIG. 8A). Perform the distribution judgment with reference to. Specifically, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE is any of 8R normal jackpot numerical range, 16R normal jackpot numerical range, 8R probability variation jackpot number range, and 16R probability variation jackpot number range Determine if it is included in

  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S705 that the second result display area flag is stored (S705: YES), the process proceeds to step S707, and the distribution table for the second result display area (FIG. 8B) Perform distribution determination with reference to (see). Specifically, the value of the jackpot type counter C2 stored in the execution area AE is any of 8R normal jackpot numerical range, 16R normal jackpot numerical range, 8R probability variation jackpot number range, and 16R probability variation jackpot number range Determine if it is included in After the process of step S706 or step S707 is performed. It progresses to step S708.

  In step S708, it is determined whether the type of jackpot distributed in step S706 or step S707 is a probability variation jackpot. In step S708, when it is determined that the game result is a probability variation jackpot (S708: YES), the process proceeds to step S709.

  In step S709, the stop result setting process for the probability variation jackpot is executed. The stop result setting process for the big variation is the state in which the first result display unit 37a or the second result display unit 37b displays any stop result in the current game round that will win the big variation hit It is a process for setting whether to end the display. Specifically, by referring to the stop result table for the probability variation big hit stored in the stop result table storage area 63e, the address information of the stop result data corresponding to the type of the jackpot distributed in step S706 or step S707 is obtained. The address information is acquired and stored in the stop result address storage area of the RAM 64. After executing step S709, the process proceeds to step S710.

  In step S710, the flag (big hit type flag) corresponding to the big hit type assigned in step S706 or step S707 is stored in the corresponding area in the various flag storage area 64e of the RAM 64. Specifically, the 8R probability variation flag is stored if it is an 8R probability variation jackpot, and the 15R probability variation flag is stored if it is a 15R probability variation jackpot. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S714.

  If it is determined in step S 708 that the type of jackpot allocated in step S 706 or step S 707 is not a probability variation jackpot (S 708: NO), that is, if the allocated jackpot type is normally jackpot, the process proceeds to step S 711.

  In step S711, a normal jackpot stop result setting process is executed. The normal jackpot stop result setting process fluctuates in a state in which any stop result is displayed on the first result display unit 37a or the second result display unit 37b in the current game round where a normal jackpot is won. It is a process for setting whether to end the display. Specifically, by referring to the stop result table for normal jackpot stored in the stop result table storage area 63e, the address information of the stop result data corresponding to the type of the jackpot allocated in step S706 or step S707 is obtained. The address information is acquired and stored in the stop result address storage area of the RAM 64. After executing step S711, the process proceeds to step S712.

  In step S712, the flag (big hit type flag) corresponding to the big hit type distributed in step S706 or step S707 is stored in the corresponding area in the various flag storage area 64e of the RAM 64. Specifically, the 8R normal flag is stored in the case of the 8R normal jackpot, and the 15R normal flag is stored in the case of the 15R normal jackpot. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S714.

  If it is determined in step S704 that the result of the jackpot lottery in step S702 or step S703 is not a jackpot win (S704: NO), the process proceeds to step S713 to execute stop result setting processing for disconnection. The stop result setting process for out of time ends the fluctuation display in a state where any stop result is displayed on the first result display unit 37a or the second result display unit 37b in the current game round where the disconnection result is obtained. Is a process for setting the Specifically, the address information of the stop result data corresponding to the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 stored in the execution area AE is acquired by referring to the stop result table for disconnection at the stop result table storage area 63e. Then, the address information is stored in the stop result address storage area of the RAM 64. After executing step S713, the process proceeds to step S714.

  In step S714, processing for setting a display duration is performed. The display continuation time setting process sets the display continuation time which is the time required for the current game round in the first result display section 37a or the second result display section 37b based on the presence or absence of the jackpot and the presence or absence of the reach occurrence. It is processing to do. Details of setting processing of the display continuation time will be described later. After performing step S714, the process proceeds to step S715.

  In step S 715, it is determined whether the second result display unit flag is stored in the RAM 64. If it is determined in step S715 that the second result display unit flag is not stored in the RAM 64 (S715: NO), the process proceeds to step S716 to set a first variation command. The first variation command includes information indicating that the current game run is related to the hold information acquired based on the winning on the first starting opening 33, and the presence or absence of reach has occurred. And the information of the display continuation time set in step S714. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S715 that the second result display unit flag is stored (S715: YES), the process proceeds to step S717, and the second variation command is set. The second variation command includes information indicating that the current game run is related to the hold information acquired based on the winning on the second starting opening 34, and the presence or absence of the reach occurrence And the information of the display continuation time set in step S714. After performing step S716 or step S717, the process proceeds to step S718.

  In step S718, a type command is set. The type command includes information on the presence or absence of the jackpot and the result of the distribution determination. That is, the type command includes, as the type information of the jackpot, 8R probability variation jackpot information, 16R probability variation jackpot information, 8R regular jackpot information, 16R regular jackpot information, or information of outlier results.

  The fluctuation command and type command set in steps S716 to S718 are transmitted to the voice emission control device 90 in step S402 in the normal process (FIG. 12). The sound emission control apparatus 90 determines the content of the effect in the game turn based on the received command for variation and the type command, and controls various devices so that the content of the determined effect is executed. After executing step S718, the process proceeds to step S719.

  In step S719, variation display of symbols is started on the result display unit corresponding to the current game round among the first result display unit 37a and the second result display unit 37b. Specifically, when the second result display unit flag is not stored in the RAM 64, the result display unit corresponding to the current game round is identified as the first result display unit 37a, and the variable display is started. When the second result display unit flag is stored, it is determined that the result display unit corresponding to the current game is the second result display unit 37b, and the variable display is started. After executing step S719, the variation start process is ended.

<Processing for setting display duration>
Next, the process of setting the display continuation time will be described. The setting process of the display continuation time is executed by the MPU 62 of the main control device 60 as a subroutine (FIG. 15: S714) of the fluctuation start process.

  FIG. 16 is a flowchart showing setting processing of the display continuation time. In step S801, the value of the fluctuation type counter CS stored in the fluctuation type counter buffer in the lottery counter buffer 64a of the RAM 64 is acquired and stored in the register of the MPU 62. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S802.

  In step S802, it is determined whether reach is generated in the current game run. Specifically, it is determined whether the RAM 64 stores the probability variation big hit flag or the normal big hit flag, and if any flag is stored, it is determined that the reach occurs (S802: YES ), Go to step S803. Further, even if none of the above flags is stored, reach occurs if the value of the reach random number counter C3 stored in the execution area AE corresponds to the occurrence of reach. Then, the determination is made (S802: YES), and the process proceeds to step S803. In addition, in specifying the presence or absence of the occurrence of the reach using the value of the reach random number counter C3, the reach determination table stored in the reach determination table storage area of the ROM 63 is referred to.

  In step S803, the display continuation time information corresponding to the value of the fluctuation type counter CS of this time is acquired with reference to the reach generation display continuation time table stored in the display continuation time table storage area 63d of the ROM 63. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S804, and the variable display time information included in the display continuation time information is set in the variable display time counter area provided in the various counter areas 64d of the RAM 64. Thereafter, the process of setting the display duration is ended.

  In step S802, when it is determined that the reach does not occur in the current game run (S802: NO), the process proceeds to step S805, and the reach non-occurrence display continuation time table stored in the display continuation time table storage area 63d. The display continuation time corresponding to the value of the fluctuation type counter CS of this time is acquired with reference to FIG. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S806, and the variable display time information included in the display continuation time information is set in the variable display time counter area provided in the various counter areas 64d of the RAM 64. Thereafter, the process of setting the display duration is ended.

  In the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, the display continuation time information stored in the reach non-occurrence display continuation time table is set such that the display continuation time becomes shorter as the total number of pending reservations CRN increases. There is. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, it may be configured not to depend on the number of total pending numbers CRN, and the display continuation time may be set to be shorter as the number of total pending numbers CRN is smaller. . When the second start pending number RbN is "0", the display continuation time becomes shorter as the number of the first start pending number RaN increases, and the second start pending number RbN is "1" or more. In this case, the display continuation time may be set to be shorter as the number of second start reservation numbers RbN increases. When the second start pending number RbN is "0", the display continuation time becomes longer as the number of the first start pending number RaN increases, and the second start pending number RbN is "1" or more. In this case, the display continuation time may be set longer as the number of second start reservation numbers RbN increases, or may be constant without depending on the respective hold numbers RaN and RbN.

  Also, in the situation where the support mode is the high frequency support mode, reach non-reach duration is selected so that the display duration time is shorter compared with the situation where the number of holding information is the same as the situation where the support mode is the low frequency support mode. A generation display duration table may be set. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and the selected display duration may be the same, or may be opposite to the above relationship.

  Furthermore, the above configuration may be applied to the display continuation time at the time of reach occurrence, and the display continuation time that is easy to be selected and the display continuation time that is hard to be selected differ between jackpot winning time and outreach time. It is good also as composition. In addition, the display variation time table for the probability variation big hit, the display duration time table for the big win, the display duration time table for the off reach, and the display duration time table for the complete removal may be individually set. As described above, the display continuation time of each game is determined using the presence or absence of a jackpot, the presence or absence of reach, the number of suspension information, and the value of the fluctuation type counter as parameters.

<Playing state transition processing>
Next, the game state transition process will be described. The gaming state transition processing is executed by the MPU 62 of the main control device 60 as a subroutine of normal processing (FIG. 12: S406).

  FIG. 17 is an explanatory view showing the game state transition process. In step S901, it is determined whether the open / close execution mode is in progress. In step S901, when it is determined that the open / close execution mode is not in progress (S901: NO), the process proceeds to step S902, and the variation display of the symbol in the first result display section 37a or the second result display section 37b of 1 It is determined whether it is the end timing. In step S902, when it is determined that it is not the timing at which the fluctuation display ends (S902; NO), the present gaming state transition processing is ended as it is.

  If it is determined in step S902 that it is the timing when the variable display is finished (S902: YES), the process proceeds to step S903, and the game result (the result of the jackpot lottery) of the current game round is switched to the open / close execution mode It is determined whether or not it corresponds. Specifically, it is determined whether any one of the 8R positive variation flag, the 16R positive variation flag, the 8R normal flag, and the 16R normal flag is stored in the RAM 64. If it is determined that none of the above-described flags is stored (S903: NO), the present gaming state transition processing is ended.

  If it is determined in step S 903 that any of the above flags is stored (S 903: YES), the process proceeds to step S 904 to start round display processing for notifying of the type of the current opening / closing execution mode. Run. Specifically, the address information stored in the stop result address storage area of the RAM 64 is confirmed. And based on the confirmed address information, while specifying stop result data corresponding to the said address information out of the stop result data group memorize | stored in ROM63, while specifying the content of the round count from the specified stop result data Check. Thereafter, the contents of the confirmed round number are output to the round display unit 39 in the main display unit 45. Thereby, the round display unit 39 displays the information on the round related to the output. After executing step S904, the process proceeds to step S905.

  In step S905, the number of rounds in the open / close execution mode this time is determined. Specifically, the jackpot type flag (16R positive change flag, 16R normal flag, 8R positive change flag, 8R normal flag) stored in the RAM 64 is confirmed. In step S905, when it is determined that the jackpot type flag stored in the RAM 64 is the 16R positive variation flag or the 16R normal flag (S905: YES), the process proceeds to step S906, and provided in various counter areas 64d of the RAM 64. Set "16" in the first round counter area RC1. The first round counter area RC1 is a counter area for counting the number of times the open / close door 36b is opened. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S905 that the jackpot type flag stored in the RAM 64 is the 8R positive variation flag or the 8R normal flag (S905: NO), the process proceeds to step S907 and provided in various counter areas 64d of the RAM 64. Set "8" in the first round counter area RC1. After executing step S906 or step S907, the process proceeds to step S908.

  In step S908, an opening command is set. The set opening command is transmitted to the sound emission control apparatus 90 in step S402 in the normal process (FIG. 12). The opening command includes information on the number of rounds in the open / close execution mode this time. The sound emission control apparatus 90 determines the content of the effect corresponding to the open / close execution mode based on the received opening command, and controls various devices so that the content of the determined effect is executed. After executing step S908, the present gaming state transition processing is ended.

  When it is determined in step S901 that the open / close execution mode is in progress (S901: YES), the process proceeds to step S909, and the special winning opening / closing process is performed. Specifically, when the special winning opening 36a is closed, the large winning is achieved by setting the variable winning driving portion 36c to a driving state, on condition that the first round counter area RC1 is "1" or more. Open the mouth 36a. In addition, when the special winning opening 36a is open, the variable winning drive unit on condition that the opening limit time has elapsed from the opening of the special winning opening 36a or that the opening limit number is winning. The driving state of 36c is stopped and the big winning opening 36a is closed. Details of the special winning opening opening and closing process will be described later. After executing step S909, the process proceeds to step S910.

  In step S 910, it is determined whether the value of the first round counter area RC 1 is “0”. If it is determined that the value of the first round counter area RC1 is not "0" (S910: NO), this game state transition processing is ended as it is. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value of the first round counter area RC1 is "0" (S910: YES), the process proceeds to step S911, and an ending command is set. The set ending command is transmitted to the sound emission control apparatus 90 in step S402 in the normal process (FIG. 12). The sound emission control apparatus 90 ends the effect corresponding to the open / close execution mode based on the reception of the ending command. After executing step S911, the process proceeds to step S912.

  In step S912, transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode is executed. The transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode is a process for setting various modes of the game play after the end of the open / close execution mode this time. Details of the transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode will be described later. After executing step S912, the process proceeds to step S913.

  In step S913, the end processing of the round display is executed. In the process, the display control of the round display unit 39 is ended so that the round display unit 39 in the main display unit 45 is turned off. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S914, and the end processing of the open / close execution mode is executed. Specifically, if the 16R positive change flag, the 8R positive change flag, the 16 normal flag, and the 8R normal flag are stored, these flags are erased, and if these flags are not stored, the state is maintained Do. After executing step S914, the present gaming state transition processing is ended.

<Big winning opening opening and closing processing>
Next, the special winning opening / closing process will be described. The special winning opening / closing process is executed by the MPU 62 of the main control device 60 as a subroutine (FIG. 17: S909) of the gaming state transition process.

  FIG. 18 is a flowchart showing the special winning opening / closing process. In step S1001, it is determined whether the big winning opening 36a is open. Specifically, the determination is made based on the drive state of the variable winning drive unit 36c. If it is determined in step S1001 that the special winning opening 36a is not open (S1001: NO), the process proceeds to step S1002, and it is determined whether the value of the first round counter area RC1 is "0". When it is determined in step S1002 that the value of the first round counter area RC1 is "0" (S1002: YES), the present special winning opening opening / closing process is ended. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1002 that the value of the first round counter area RC1 is not "0" (S1002: NO), the process proceeds to step S1003.

  In step S1003, it is determined whether the value of the first timer counter area T1 provided in the various counter areas 64d of the RAM 64 is "0". In this case, the first timer counter area T1 is used as a parameter for measuring the closing continuation time of the special winning opening 36a. When it is determined in step S1003 that the value of the first timer counter area T1 is not "0" (S1003: NO), the present special winning opening / closing process is ended. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1003 that the value of the first timer counter area T1 is "0" (S1003: YES), the process proceeds to step S1004, and the variable winning drive portion opens the big winning opening 36a. The 36c is in the drive state. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1005.

  In step S1005, setting processing for each round is executed. In the case of the pachinko machine 10 in the present embodiment, since all the set winning modes are the high-frequency winning mode, “15000” (ie, 30 seconds) is set in the first timer counter area T1. Further, in order to count the number of winning game balls to the special winning opening 36a, "10" is set in the winning counter area PC provided in the various counter areas 64d of the RAM 64. The count value set in the first timer counter area T1 is decremented by one each time the timer interrupt process is activated, that is, in a cycle of 2 msec. If the low frequency winning mode is set to the pachinko machine 10, for example, "100" (ie, 0.2 sec) is set in the first timer counter area T1, and "6" in the winning counter area PC. "" May be set. After executing step S1005, the process proceeds to step S1006.

  In step S1006, an open command is set. Thereafter, the present special winning opening opening and closing process is ended. The release command is a command including information for causing the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100, which are control devices on the sub side, to recognize that the opening of the big winning opening 36a has been started. By the external output processing (FIG. 12: step S402), it is transmitted to the sound emission control apparatus 90. The sound emission control device 90 specifies that opening of the special winning opening 36a for one round has been started based on the received opening command, and the effect contents of the various lamps 47 and the speaker 46 can be displayed as the special winning opening 36a. Update to the contents corresponding to the opening of the. Further, the sound emission control device 90 transmits the release command to the display control device 100 while maintaining the information form. The display control device 100 specifies that opening of the special winning opening 36a for one round has been started based on the received opening command, and the effect contents in the symbol display device 41 are as follows: opening of the special winning opening 36a Update to the content corresponding to the start.

  When it is determined in step S1001 that the special winning opening 36a is open (step S1001: YES), the process proceeds to step S1007, and it is determined whether the value of the first timer counter area T1 is "0". Do. In this case, the first timer counter area T1 is used as a parameter for measuring the open continuation time of the special winning opening 36a. When it is determined in step S1007 that the value of the first timer counter area T1 is not "0" (S1007: NO), the process proceeds to step S1008.

  In step S1008, it is determined from the detection state of the detection sensor corresponding to the variable winning device 36 whether or not the gaming ball has won in the special winning opening 36a. If it is determined in step S1008 that no winning has occurred (S1008: NO), the present special winning opening / closing process is ended. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1008 that a winning has occurred (S1008: YES), the process proceeds to step S1009, and the value of the winning counter area PC is decremented by one. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1010.

  In step S1010, it is determined whether the value of the winning counter area PC is "0". When it is determined in step S1010 that the value of the winning counter area PC is not "0" (S1010: NO), the present special winning opening / closing process is ended.

  If it is determined in step S1007 that the value of the first timer counter area T1 is "0" (S1007: YES), or if it is determined in step S1010 that the value of the winning counter area PC is "0" (S1010: YES), the process proceeds to step S1011 to execute the special winning opening closing process. Specifically, in order to close the special winning opening 36a, the variable prize drive unit 36c is in a non-driven state. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1012.

  In step S1012, the value of the first round counter area RC1 is decremented by one. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1013, and it is determined whether the value of the first round counter area RC1 is "0". When it is determined in step S1013 that the value of the first round counter area RC1 is "0" (S1013: YES), the present special winning opening / closing process is ended. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1013 that the value of the first round counter area RC1 is not "0" (S1013: NO), "1000" (that is, 2 sec) is set in the first timer counter area T1. In this case, the first timer counter area T1 is used as a parameter for measuring the closing continuation time of the special winning opening 36a. After executing step S1014, the process advances to step S1015 to set a closing command. After that, the special winning opening opening and closing process ends.

The set closing command is a command including information for causing the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100, which are control devices on the sub side, to recognize that the opening of the big winning opening 36a has ended, and the normal processing In the external output process (FIG. 12: step S402), the sound emission control apparatus 90 is transmitted. The sound emission control device 90 specifies that the opening of the big winning opening 36a for one round is finished based on the received closing command, and the contents of the effects of the various lamps 47 and the speakers 46 are Update to the contents corresponding to the end of release. Further, the sound emission control device 90 transmits the closing command to the display control device 100 while maintaining the information form. The display control device 100 specifies that the opening of the big winning opening 36a for one round is finished based on the received closing command, and the effect contents in the symbol display device 41 are finished, the opening of the big winning opening 36a is finished Update to the content corresponding to what you did.
Execute processing corresponding to it.

<Migration process at the end of open / close execution mode>
Next, transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode will be described. The transition process at the end of the open / close execution mode is executed by the MPU 62 of the main control device 60 as a subroutine (FIG. 17: S912) of the gaming state transition process.

  FIG. 19 is a flowchart showing transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode. In step S1101, it is determined whether or not a flag corresponding to the probable variation big hit is stored in the RAM 64 as the big hit type flag. That is, it is determined whether or not the 16R positive variation flag or the 8R positive variation flag is stored in the RAM 64.

  In step S1101, when it is determined that the 16R positive variation flag or the 8R positive variation flag is stored in the RAM 64 (S1101: YES), the process proceeds to step S1102, and the flag deletion process is performed. The flag erasing process is a process of erasing information for specifying a gaming state. Specifically, when the open / close execution mode flag, the high probability mode flag, and the high frequency support flag are stored, they are erased, and when these flags are not stored, the state is maintained. Do. After executing step S1102, the process proceeds to step S1103.

  In step S1103, the high probability mode flag is stored, and then the process proceeds to step S1104 to store the high frequency support flag. As a result, after the opening / closing execution mode is ended, the game mode is shifted to the gaming state in which the success or failure lottery mode is the high probability mode and the support mode is the high frequency support mode. The high probability mode and the high frequency support mode are maintained at least until the next big hit is generated. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1105.

  In step S1105, a high probability mode command, which is a command including information for causing the control device on the sub side to recognize that the success or failure lottery mode is the high probability mode, is set as a command to be transmitted to the sound emission control device 90. Do. Thereafter, the transition processing at the end of the open / close execution mode is ended.

  If it is determined in step S1101 that the 16R normal flag or the 8R normal flag is stored in the RAM 64 (S1101: NO), the process proceeds to step S1106 to execute the flag deletion process. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1107.

  In step S1107, after storing the high-frequency support flag, the process proceeds to step S1108, and "100" is set in the game number counter area provided in the various counter areas 64d of the RAM 64. The value set in the number-of-playings counter area is a value indicating the number of playing times when the high-frequency support mode is executed by limiting the number of playing times. As a result, after the open / close execution mode is ended, the game mode is shifted to the gaming state in which the success or failure lottery mode is the low probability mode and the support mode is the high frequency support mode. However, in this case, the high frequency support mode ends after 100 game runs are executed, and thereafter, it shifts to the normal gaming state in which the success or failure lottery mode is the low probability mode and the support mode is the low frequency support mode. . After step S1108 is executed, the transition process at the end of the opening / closing execution mode is ended.

<Processing for telegraph support>
Next, a process for electronic mail support will be described. The processing for electronic part support is executed by the MPU 62 of the main control device 60 as a subroutine of normal processing (FIG. 12: S407).

  FIG. 20 is a flowchart showing the electronic-support-support process. In step S1201, it is determined whether support is in progress. Specifically, it is determined whether the in-support flag is stored in the in-support flag storage area provided in the various-flag storage area 64 e of the RAM 64. The in-support flag is a flag that is stored when the motorized accessory 34a of the second starting port 34 is in the open state, and is erased when the motor is returned to the closed state. When it is determined in step S1201 that the in-support flag is not stored (S1201: NO), the process proceeds to step S1202.

  In step S1202, it is determined whether the support winning flag is stored in the support winning flag storage area provided in the various flag storage area 64e of the RAM 64 or not. The support winning flag is a flag which is stored when an open state is won in the electric combination open lottery for determining whether the electric combination 34a is to be open or not, and is erased when the support flag is stored. . When it is determined in step S1202 that the support winning flag is not stored (S1202: NO), the process proceeds to step S1203.

  In step S1203, it is determined whether the value of the second timer counter area T2 provided in the various counter areas 64d of the RAM 64 is "0". In this case, the second timer counter area T2 is used as a parameter for measuring the display continuation time of the drawing unit 38. The count value set in the second timer counter area T2 is decremented by one each time the timer interrupt process is activated, that is, in a cycle of 2 msec.

  When it is determined in step S1203 that the value of the second timer counter area T2 is not “0” (S1203: NO), the electronic control support process ends. On the other hand, when it is determined that the value of the second timer counter area T2 is "0" (S1203: YES), the process proceeds to step S1204.

  In step S1204, it is determined whether it is the end timing of the fluctuation display of the symbol in the drawing unit 38 or not. If it is determined in step S1204 that the end timing of the variable display is reached (S1204: YES), the process advances to step S1205 to set the gap display, and then the electronic control support process ends. By setting the off-set display, the variation display of the symbols in the common drawing unit 38 is ended in the state where the off-display is stopped and displayed. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1204 that the end timing of the variable display is not reached (S1204: NO), the process proceeds to step S1206.

  In step S1206, it is determined whether the value of the number of bonus items held SN is greater than "0". If it is determined in step S1206 that the value of the number of bonus items held SN is “0” (S1206: NO), the present support routine processing ends. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1206 that the value of the number of bonus items held SN is larger than "0" (S1206: YES), the process proceeds to step S1207.

  In step S1207, it is determined whether or not the open / close execution mode is in progress, and then, in step S1208, it is determined whether or not the high frequency support mode is in effect. If it is not the open / close execution mode at step S1207 (S1207: NO) and if the high frequency support mode is at step S1208 (S1208: YES), the process proceeds to step S1209 to perform a motorized role opening lottery. Specifically, in the case where the value stored in the holding position 64c is shifted and the value of the motorized product release counter C4 shifted to the execution area is 0 to 190, the motorized product opened lottery is performed. It will be won. Further, at the same time as the motor-operated combination opening lottery, "750" (that is, 1.5 sec) is set in the second timer counter area T2. The second timer counter area T2 is decremented by one each time the timer interrupt process is activated. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1210.

  In step S1210, it is determined whether or not the result of the electric combination open lottery in step S1209 is support winning. If it is determined in step S1210 that the result of the motorized character opening lottery is support win (S1210: YES), the process proceeds to step S1211, stores the support win flag, and is provided in various counter areas 64d of RAM 64. Set "3" in the second round counter area RC2. The second round counter area RC2 is a counter area for counting the number of times the motorized jack 34a has been released. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1212. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1210 that the result of the motorized combination opening lottery is not the support winning (S1210: NO), the process proceeds to step S1212 without executing the process of step S1211.

  In step S1212, it is determined whether the success or failure lottery mode is the low probability mode. If it is determined in step S1212 that the success or failure lottery mode is the low probability mode (S1212: YES), the process proceeds to step S1213. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1212 that the success or failure lottery mode is not the low probability mode (S1212: NO), the electronic control support process ends.

  In step S1213, it is determined whether the number-of-games counter area is "0". In the low probability mode and the high frequency support mode, the game number counter is decremented by one each time one game cycle is over. If it is determined in step S1213 that the number-of-games counter area is not "0" (S1213: NO), the electronic control support process ends. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1213 that the number-of-games counter area is "0", the process proceeds to step S1214 and the high frequency support flag is erased. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1215.

  In step S1215, a low frequency support command, which is a command including information for causing the control device on the sub side to recognize that the support mode is the low frequency support mode, is set as a command to be transmitted to the voice emission control device 90. Do. After that, the electronic mail support process ends.

  The low frequency support command set in step S1215 is transmitted to the sound emission control apparatus 90 in the external output process (FIG. 12: step S402) of the normal process. The voice emission control device 90 specifies that the support mode is the low frequency support mode based on the reception of the low frequency support command, and executes processing corresponding thereto.

  If it is determined in step S1207 that the mode is the open / close execution mode (S1207: YES), or if it is determined in step S1218 that the mode is not the high frequency support mode (S1208: NO), the process proceeds to step S1216. I do. Specifically, in the case where the value stored in the holding position 64c is shifted and the value of the motorized product release counter C4 shifted to the execution area is 0 to 190, the motorized product opened lottery is performed. It will be won. Further, at the same time as the motor-operated combination release lottery, “14750” (that is, 29.5 sec) is set in the second timer counter area T2. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1217.

  In step S1217, it is determined whether the result of the electric combination open lottery in step S1216 is support winning. If it is determined in step S1217 that no support win has been made (S1217: NO), the present support for electronic assembly is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1217 that support is won (S1217: YES), the process proceeds to step S1218, stores the support winning flag, and sets "1" in the second round counter area RC2 End the process for supporting the board of directors.

  When it is determined in step S1202 that the support winning flag is stored (S1202: YES), the process proceeds to step S1219, and it is determined whether the value of the second timer counter area T2 is "0". In this case, the second timer counter area T2 is used as a parameter for measuring the display continuation time of the drawing unit 38. If it is determined in step S 1219 that the value of the second timer counter area T 2 is not “0” (S 1219: NO), this is the process of displaying for the electric wave support as it is displaying the fluctuation of the pattern in the drawing unit Finish. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1219 that the value of the second timer counter area T2 is "0" (S1219: YES), the process proceeds to step S1220.

  In step S1220, a hit display is set. Thereby, the variation display of the pattern in the drawing unit 38 is ended in a state where the hit display is stopped and displayed. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1221 to store the in-support flag and erase the support winning flag. After that, the processing for the electric wave support is finished.

  If it is determined in step S1201 that the in-support flag is stored (S1201: YES), the process proceeds to step S1222 to execute electric combination opening / closing processing for opening / closing control of the motorized combination 34a. After that, the processing for the electric wave support is finished.

<Electronic work opening and closing process>
Next, electronic locker opening and closing processing will be described. The electronic combination opening and closing process is executed by the MPU 62 of the main control device 60 as a subroutine (FIG. 20: S1222) of electronic combination support processing.

  FIG. 21 is a flowchart showing the electronic combination opening and closing process. In step S1301, it is determined whether or not the motorized jack 34a is open. Whether or not the motorized accessory 34a is in the open state is determined based on whether or not the motorized symbol drive unit 34b is in the driven state. If it is determined that the motorized jack 34a is open (S1301: YES), the process proceeds to step S1302.

  In step S1302, it is determined whether the value of the second timer counter area T2 is "0". In this case, the second timer counter area T2 is used as a parameter for measuring the open continuation time of the motor-operated accessory 34a. If it is determined in step S1302 that the value of the second timer counter area T2 is not "0" (S1302: NO), the present electronic combination processing is ended. That is, when the open continuation time of the motorized jack 34a has not ended, the present electric brake opening and closing process is ended.

  If it is determined in step S1302 that the value of the second timer counter area T2 is "0" (S1302: YES), the process proceeds to step S1303, and a closing process is performed to control the motorized prize 34a in the closed state. "250" (ie, 0.5 sec) is set in the second timer counter area T2. That is, when the second timer counter area T2 as the measuring means of the open continuation time of the motorized part 34a is "0", the motorized part 34a is closed and, in this case, the second timer counter area T2 is motorized. The second timer counter area T2 is set to "250", which is used as a parameter for measuring the closing duration time of the accessory 34a. After executing step S1303, the process proceeds to step S1304.

  In step S1304, after the value of the second round counter area RC2 is decremented by 1, the process proceeds to step S1305, and it is determined whether the value of the second round counter area RC2 is "0". In step S1305, when it is determined that the value of the second round counter area RC2 is not "0" (S1305: NO), the present electronic combination processing is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1305 that the value of the second round counter area RC2 is "0" (S1305: YES), the process proceeds to step S1306, and the in-support flag is erased. Thereafter, the electronic control unit closing process is ended.

  If it is determined in step S1301 that the motorized jack 34a is not open (S1301: NO), the process proceeds to step S1307 to determine whether the second timer counter area T2 is "0". In this case, the second timer counter area T2 is used as a parameter for measuring the closing duration time of the motorized accessory 34a. In step S1307, when it is determined that the second timer counter area T2 is not "0" (S1307: NO), the present electronic combination processing is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1307 that the second timer counter area T2 is "0" (S1307: YES), the process proceeds to step S1308 to execute the opening process of controlling the motorized part 34a in the open state. . Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1309.

  In step S1309, it is determined whether or not the open / close execution mode is in progress, and if it is determined that the open / close execution mode is not in progress (S1309: NO), the process proceeds to step S1310 to determine whether or not the high frequency support mode is Do.

  If it is determined in step S1310 that the high-frequency support mode is in progress (S1310: YES), the process proceeds to step S1311, and "800" (that is, 1.6 sec) is set in the second timer counter area T2. Thereafter, the electronic control unit closing process is ended.

  On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1309 that the mode is the open / close execution mode (S1309: YES), or if it is determined in step S1310 that it is not the high frequency support mode (S1310: NO), the process proceeds to step S1312, and the second "100" (ie, 0.2 sec) is set in the timer counter area T2. Thereafter, the electronic control unit closing process is ended.

A4. Electrical configuration of voice emission control device and display control device:
Next, the electrical configuration of the sound emission control apparatus 90 and the display control apparatus 100 will be described.

  FIG. 22 is a block diagram mainly showing the electrical configuration of the sound emission control device 90 and the display control device 100. As shown in FIG. Note that part of the configuration of the power supply device 85 and the like is omitted. The MPU 92 is mounted on the sound emission control substrate 91 provided in the sound emission control device 90. The MPU 92 is an element in which a ROM 93, a RAM 94, an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, a data input / output circuit, and the like are built.

  The ROM 93 stores various control programs executed by the MPU 92, fixed value data, tables and the like. For example, in part of the area of the ROM 93, a table for holding confirmation table storage area 93a, a feeling of feeling notice occurrence table memory area 93b, a feeling of notice warning notice effect table memory area 93c, a feeling of notice warning stop symbol table memory An area 93 d, a variation display pattern table storage area 93 e, and the like are provided. Details of these will be described later.

  The RAM 94 is a memory for temporarily storing various data and the like when the control program stored in the ROM 93 is executed. For example, in a part of the area of the RAM 94, various flag storage areas 94a, various counter areas 94b, a lottery counter area 94c, and a notice effect storage area 94d for visual sense notice. Details of these will be described later. The fact that the ROM 93 and the RAM 94 are integrated into one chip with respect to the MPU 92 is not an essential configuration, and each may be configured as an individual chip.

  The MPU 92 is provided with an input port and an output port. The main control unit 60 is connected to the input side of the MPU 92. The main control unit 60 receives various commands. While the effect operation button 24, the speaker 46, and the various lamps 47 are connected to the output side of the MPU 92, the display control device 100 is connected.

  The display control board 101 provided in the display control device 100 includes an MPU 102 which is an element in which a program ROM 103 and a work RAM 104 are combined into a chip, a video display processor (VDP) 105, a character ROM 106, and a video RAM 107. Is mounted. It is not essential that the program ROM 103 and the work RAM 104 be integrated into one chip with respect to the MPU 102, and each may be individually integrated into a chip.

  The MPU 102 analyzes various commands received from the sound emission control apparatus 90 or performs predetermined arithmetic processing based on the various commands received, and implements control of the VDP 105 (specifically, generation of an internal command for the VDP 105). .

  The program ROM 103 is a memory for storing various control programs executed by the MPU 102 and fixed value data, and also stores JPEG format image data for background image.

  The work RAM 104 is a memory for temporarily storing work data, flags, and the like used when the MPU 102 executes various programs.

  The VDP 105 is a kind of drawing circuit, and directly operates an image processing device as a liquid crystal display driver incorporated in the symbol display device 41. The VDP 105 is also referred to as a "drawing chip" because it is formed into an IC chip, and is a kind of microcomputer chip incorporating firmware dedicated to drawing processing. The VDP 105 adjusts the respective timings of the MPU 102, the video RAM 107, etc. to intervene in reading and writing of data, and reads out the image data to be stored in the video RAM 107 from the character ROM 106 at a predetermined timing and displays it on the symbol display device 41.

  The character ROM 106 plays a role as an image data library for storing character data such as symbols displayed on the symbol display device 41. The character ROM 106 stores bit map type image data of various display symbols, a color pallet table to be referred to when determining a color to be expressed in each dot of the bit map image, and the like. It is also possible to provide a plurality of character ROMs 106 and store image data etc. in a shared manner in each character ROM 106. It is also possible to store in the character ROM 106 the JPEG format image data for background image stored in the program ROM 103.

  The video RAM 107 is a memory for storing display data to be displayed on the symbol display device 41, and the display content of the symbol display device 41 is changed by rewriting the content of the video RAM 107.

  Hereinafter, the MPU 62, the ROM 63 and the RAM 64 of the main control unit 60 will also be referred to as the main MPU 62, the main ROM 63 and the main RAM 64 respectively, and the MPU 92, the ROM 93 and the RAM 94 of the sound emission control unit 90 will be the sound side MPU 92 and the sound side, respectively. Also referred to as the ROM 93 and the sound light side RAM 94, the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 is also referred to as the display side MPU 102.

A5. Notice of a feeling of sight:
A5-1. Summary of the notice of the feeling of sight:
Next, the outline of the notice of the feeling of visual appearance executed by the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment will be described.

  FIG. 23 is a time chart showing an example of a feeling of prior notice performed by the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment. FIG. 24 is an explanatory view showing an example of an image displayed on the symbol display device 41 when the notice of feeling of anticipation is executed. The notice of a sense of sight refers to the player having a sense of sight (dejab) that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times by causing at least one effect element to be executed a plurality of times with the same content. It is an effect to give. The effect element is a unit constituting a game effect, for example, a cut-in notice effect for displaying a predetermined image (still image or moving image) in front of the background image, a predetermined object image such as a mini character, etc. Object preview effect (mini character preview effect) to be displayed in front of the image (mini character preview effect), background change alert effect to change the background image to a mode different from that at normal times, character preview effect to cause predetermined features to execute predetermined actions, A lamp emission effect that causes the lamp to emit light in a predetermined pattern, a symbol row fluctuation effect that changes a symbol row in a predetermined scroll pattern, and one remaining symbol in a state in which two identical symbols are stopped on at least one active line Reach effect to change the row, symbol pseudo stop effect to pseudo stop the combination of the predetermined symbol, completely stop the combination of the predetermined symbol And the like can be given that design complete stop demonstration.

  The pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment determines, based on the hold information, whether or not the condition for generating the prior notice of the feeling of sighting has been satisfied, that is, whether or not the notice of prior feeling of watching should be generated. Then, if it is determined that the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice has been satisfied, the pachinko machine 10 will continue until the game round related to the hold information determined that the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied. Execute at least one rendering element with the same content multiple times. Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment executes the determination as to whether or not the occurrence condition of the prior notice of the feeling of sight is satisfied before the holding information subjected to the determination becomes the target of the jackpot lottery. .

Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment confirms that the following conditions are satisfied when the gaming ball is won in the first starting opening 33 or the second starting opening 34 and the hold information is obtained. Then, the visual sense notice occurrence lottery process described later is executed. When the visual sensation notice occurrence lottery process is won, the generation condition of the visual sensation notice is satisfied.
(Condition 1) The hold information corresponding to the big hit is not included in the hold information already stored (condition 2) When the gaming ball is won in the first starting opening 33, the present winning is concerned Total holding number CRN including the holding information is 2 or more (condition 3) When the game ball wins in the second starting opening 34, the second starting holding number RbN including the holding information relating to the present winning Is 2 or more

  The reason for condition 1 corresponds to the jackpot even if the staging element of the same content is executed multiple times using the game times associated with the hold information corresponding to the jackpot and the game times associated with the hold information winning this time Since the jackpot effect is executed after the game round related to the hold information, the continuity of the effect elements of the same contents executed a plurality of times is interrupted, and it is difficult to give the player a sense of visual appearance. The reason for condition 2 and condition 3 is that if the number of reservations including the suspension information relating to the current winning is 2 or more, it is possible to execute the notice of the feeling of sight over a plurality of game times. The reason that the second start pending number RbN is the reference under the condition 3 is that in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the hold information acquired by the winning of the second starting port 34 is the first starting port 33. The priority is given to the jackpot lottery in preference to the hold information acquired by the winning a prize. However, these conditions are examples, and other conditions may be imposed, and conditions may be absent. For example, when it is set as the structure which performs the production | presentation element of the same content in multiple times in one game time, these conditions may not be.

  In the visual sense notice occurrence lottery process of the present embodiment, visual sense notice only when the hold information pertaining to the current prize is the hold information that will be a jackpot win or reach when the jackpot is subsequently targeted by the jackpot lottery. It is possible to win the occurrence. The reason for this is that relatively long display duration time is set in the game round related to the suspension information that the jackpot is won or the reach is generated, so it is easy to execute the suggestion effects and the battle effects etc. described later. Then, when the visual sensation notice occurrence lottery process is won, the generation condition of the visual sensation notice is satisfied, and the pachinko machine 10 is determined to be satisfied that the generation condition of the visual sense notice is satisfied. At least one effect element is executed a plurality of times with the same content until the game round related to the information ends.

  In Example 1 shown in FIG. 23 (A), the game ball wins in the first starting opening 33 at the timing when the total number of reserved pieces CRN is 2, and the total number of reserved pieces CRN becomes 3 based on the reserved information pertaining to the winnings. As a result of performing the above-mentioned judgment, the case where the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice of visual perception is satisfied is shown. The game cycle P03 indicated as the third game cycle is a game cycle related to the hold information determined that the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice has been met.

  In Example 1 shown in FIG. 23 (A), the pachinko machine 10 selects the cut-in notice effect A of the same content as the effect element A to be executed a plurality of times with the same content, and cuts in the same content. The notice effect A is executed once in each of the three game times P01, P02 and P03. That is, the pachinko machine 10 executes the cut-in notice effect A in all the successive game rounds until the game round related to the hold information determined that the generation condition of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied is completed. There is.

  Also, in Example 1 shown in FIG. 23, the pachinko machine 10 completely stops the symbol A (for example, the combination of the symbols "1, 2, 3") in the first game round P01. Is executed, and also in the second game round P02, a symbol complete stop effect is executed to completely stop the same out pattern A. That is, the pachinko machine 10 selects the symbol perfect stop presentation of the same content of stopping the same out pattern A completely as the effect element executed the same content a plurality of times, and completely stops the symbol of the same content. The effect is executed several times.

  Further, in Example 1 shown in FIG. 23, after the pachinko machine 10 executes the cut-in notice effect A in the third game cycle P3, the pachinko machine 10 executes the symbol pseudo-stop effect for artificially stopping the off-set symbol A There is. The symbol simulated stop effect is strictly different from the symbol perfect stop effect in that the symbol is not completely stopped. However, the modes of effects that can be recognized by the player are very similar between the case where the combination of symbols is artificially stopped and the case where the combination is completely stopped. Therefore, in this specification, the symbol pseudo-stop effect is regarded as the effect element of the same content as the symbol complete stop effect for completely stopping the symbol if the content of the combination of symbols to be pseudo-stopped is the same. In the following, the symbol perfect stop effect and the symbol pseudo stop effect are collectively referred to as a symbol stop effect.

  Furthermore, after the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment executes the rendering element of the same content a plurality of times, the pachinko machine 10 executes the suggested rendering that suggests to the player that the rendering element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times. . In the example shown in FIG. 24, the suggestion effect causes the symbol display device 41 to display an image in which the female character throws a message such as “Hey, deja! This is an aspect in which the speaker 46 and various lamps 47 are made to output. However, the suggestive effect may be another mode as long as the player can indicate to the player that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times. For example, “Hey, do you know? "Are you a dejab?", "A dejab?", "A dejab might be a boon of a jackpot?", "This director has a familiarity!" "Are you like seeing the same director ...", An image including a message such as “This is a feeling of sight !?”, “The same effect, you'll get bored ...” is displayed on the symbol display device 41, and an audio including these messages is output from the speaker 46 It may be an effect or the like.

  In the example shown in FIG. 23, after the pachinko machine 10 executes the suggested effect, it executes the battle effect in which the player character and the enemy character confront each other, and thereafter, the result corresponding to the result of the jackpot lottery The effect (a winning effect if the jackpot is won, a defeating effect if the result is off) is executed. In the example shown in FIG. 24, the battle effect displays an image in which the female character on the player side and the male character on the enemy side are confronted on the symbol display device 41, and the sound or light accompanying the image is displayed on the speaker 46. And the various lamps 47 are output. However, the battle rendition may be another mode or may be omitted. Further, in the example shown in FIG. 24, the winning effect causes the symbol display device 41 to display an image that a female character on the player side is pleased with victory, and also causes the speaker 46 and various lamps 47 to accompany the sound and light associated with the image. Is an aspect which makes it output. However, the winning effect as the result effect may be another aspect or may be omitted. After that, when the jackpot is won, the jackpot effect corresponding to the type of jackpot is executed.

  According to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, since the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, a sense of visibility (dejab) that the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times for the player Can be given. A player who has recognized a feeling of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the feeling of sight, for example, there is a possibility of winning a jackpot. Furthermore, when the player experiences winning of the jackpot after the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the rendering element is executed in the expectation that the rendering element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Whenever it is done, you will be focused on the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the player is made to pay attention to whether or not the rendering element with the same content is executed a plurality of times, and the player's attention to the rendering element to be executed sequentially This can be suitably enhanced, and the interest of the game can be improved.

  Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, different reliabilities (expected degrees) can be set for each type of effect element executed in a single shot, so, for example, effect elements with high reliability have the same content. In the case where the game is executed a plurality of times, the player strongly expects that the possibility of winning a jackpot is very high, while it is the case that the unreliable performance element is executed. Also, the player can expect the effect element to be executed a plurality of times with the same content, and the player's attention to the effect element can be suitably enhanced.

  In addition, the same content may be obtained even if the effect of directly suggesting that the possibility of winning the jackpot is high, for example, the effect of lighting the prefetch holding lamp or the like in a color different from that at the normal time is not performed. It is possible to add a game in which attention is paid to whether or not the rendering element of is executed a plurality of times.

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, since the suggestion effect is performed, it is possible to make the player recognize that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the same content The player can be convinced that there is a special meaning to the effect element being executed multiple times. Then, in the case where the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is only a coincidence that the player has performed the effect element of the same content a plurality of times, or a sense of sight with a suggested effect. Whether it has been a notice is to be confirmed depending on whether or not the suggestion effect is executed, and the expectation effect is expected to be executed. Therefore, the interest of the game can be improved.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment can execute an operation acceptance effect element (button effect) including content suggesting acceptance of the operation of the effect operation button 24 by the player as the effect element. In the case where the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice has been satisfied, the button effect is not selected as an effect element to be executed a plurality of times. The reason will be described. When the button effect is performed a plurality of times, it is executed with different contents depending on the mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24 by the player (for example, the presence or absence of depression of the effect operation button 24, timing, the number of times of pressing, etc.) May be For this reason, temporarily, even if the pachinko machine 10 executes the same kind of button effect a plurality of times, the occurrence condition of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied, depending on the mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24, the button The effects may be executed with different contents, and it may not be possible to give the player a sense of sight. On the other hand, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, since the button effect is not selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times, different contents are executed depending on the mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24 by the player. It is possible to prevent the player from giving an unnatural feeling to the player. However, even if the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times, even if the occurrence condition of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied, the pachinko machine 10 cancels the execution of the feeling of prior notice. It may be configured.

  Further, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment determines whether or not the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied before the on-hold information becomes the target of the jackpot lottery, and If it is determined that the visual advance notice generation condition is satisfied, the target to be executed multiple times before the hold information determined to satisfy the visual appearance notice occurrence condition is the target of the jackpot lottery Start the execution of the rendering element. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation for a sense of visual appearance over a plurality of game times.

  Here, as described above, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment determines the display continuation time, which is the time required for each game play, immediately before starting each game play. For this reason, if the occurrence condition of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied, and the type of the effect element (for example, cut-in notice effect) to be executed a plurality of times in the feeling of prior notice is randomly selected, the display duration time of each game is displayed. In some cases, a rendering element of a length that can not be executed may be selected. Therefore, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment can be performed in the shortest possible display duration time among the display duration time that can be selected in each game time when the occurrence condition of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied. An element is selected as an effect element to be executed a plurality of times, and the selected effect element is executed in each game time. In this way, even if the display duration time determined for each game time is different, it is possible to reliably execute the rendering element of the same content in each game time.

  Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, when the length of the display continuation time of the game turn which is the target of executing the selected rendering element is a length that can execute the selected rendering element a plurality of times, The effect element of the selected same content is executed a plurality of times in the one game time.

  In Example 2 shown in FIG. 23B, since the display continuation time T2 of the second game cycle P02 is twice or more as long as the time required for the presentation element A (for example, the cut-in advance presentation effect A). The pachinko machine 10 executes the same effect element A twice in the game cycle P02. In addition, the pachinko machine 10 is the same off symbol A as the off symbol A stopped in the first game cycle P01 after the end of the first effect element A in the second game cycle P02 (for example, “1, 2 A symbol simulated stop effect is executed once to stop the combination of symbols 3) in a simulated manner. For this reason, it is possible to further strengthen the feeling of giving to the player.

  According to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to execute the rendering element of the same content (hereinafter also referred to as a rendering element for previewing a feeling of visible feeling) which is an object to be executed multiple times more times. The player can be made to strongly recognize the sense of sight. Further, since the number of times the effect element for notice of a feeling of visual notice is executed is increased or decreased depending on the length of the display continuation time of one game time, it is possible to give a sense of expectation to the player.

  Furthermore, since the presentation element for the feeling of visual appearance notice is a presentation element that can be executed within the shortest display duration time among the display duration times that can be determined for each game cycle, the time required for one execution is , Or less than the duration of the display duration of one game time. Therefore, even if the effect element for notice of a feeling of visual notice is executed once in one game session, an extra time may occur in the display continuation time. According to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the length of the display continuation time of one game is a length which can execute the effect element for visual sensation notice (the effect element of the same content) a plurality of times In addition, since the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times in the one game time, it is possible to minimize the surplus time of the display continuation time.

  In the above-described example, the pachinko machine 10 performs the effect element A in all the successive game rounds until the game round relating to the suspension information determined to satisfy the generation condition of the feeling of prior notice of the visible feeling ends. Although the pachinko machine 10 is executing, the pachinko machine 10 may execute the rendering element of the same content a plurality of times, and may perform the rendering element A, for example, only in the game play P01 and the game play P03.

  In the following, in particular, when a specific notice effect is selected as the effect element to be executed multiple times with the same content in the notice of the feeling of notice, the selected notice effect is also referred to as "notice effect for notice of notice of feeling of notice". In addition, when the symbol stop effect for completely stopping or simulating the combination of a specific symbol is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times with the same content in the previous notice, in the selected symbol stop effect The specific symbol combination to be stopped or pseudo-stopped is also referred to as "stop symbol for notice of a feeling of visible notice".

A5-2. Control pertaining to the notice of feeling of sight:
Next, an example of a specific control for executing the above-described notice of the feeling of sight in the pachinko machine 10 will be described.

<Various processing executed in voice emission control device>
<Timer interrupt processing>
First, the timer interrupt process executed by the sound light side MPU 92 will be described.

  FIG. 25 is a flowchart showing a timer interrupt process executed by the sound light side MPU 92. The timer interrupt process is repeatedly executed in a relatively short cycle (for example, 4 msec). The process of each step executed in the timer interrupt process will be described below.

  In step S1401, command storage processing is executed. The command storing process is a process for storing the received command in the sound light side RAM 94 when the command is received from the main MPU 62. The sound light side RAM 94 is provided with a ring buffer for enabling storage and readout of commands received from the main MPU 62, and commands received from the main MPU 62 are sequentially stored in the ring buffer. , And sequentially read out according to the stored order. After executing step S1401, the process proceeds to step S1402.

  In step S1402, command corresponding processing for performing processing corresponding to the received command is executed. Details of the command handling process will be described later. After executing step S1402, the process proceeds to step S1403.

  In step S1403, light emission control processing for controlling light emission of the various lamps 47 is executed. In the light emission control process, light emission control of the various lamps 47 is performed based on the light emission data read in the command corresponding process of step S1402. After executing step S1403, the process proceeds to step S1404.

  In step S1404, an audio output control process for controlling the audio output of the speaker 46 is executed. In the audio output control process, audio output control of the speaker 46 is performed based on the audio output data read in the command corresponding process of step S1402. After step S1404 is executed, the present timer interrupt processing ends.

<Processing for command>
Next, command corresponding processing will be described. The command corresponding process is executed by the MPU 92 of the audio light emission control device 90 as a subroutine of timer interrupt process (FIG. 25: S1402).

  FIG. 26 is a flowchart showing command handling processing. As described above, in the command handling process, the process corresponding to the command received from the main MPU 62 is executed. Hereinafter, the process of each step performed in the command corresponding process will be described.

  In step S1501, it is determined whether a hold command has been received from the main MPU 62 or not. If it is determined in step S1501 that the hold command has been received from the main MPU 62 (S1501: YES), the process advances to step S1502 to execute hold command handling processing. In the on-hold command handling process, the process related to the above-mentioned notice of a feeling of visual notice is executed based on the information set in the on-hold command. Details of the pending command handling process will be described later. After executing step S1502, the process proceeds to step S1503. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1501 that the hold command has not been received from the main MPU 62 (S1501: NO), the process proceeds to step S1503 without executing step S1502.

  In step S1503, it is determined whether or not the variation command and type command have been received from the main MPU 62. If it is determined in step S1503 that the variation command and the type command have been received (S1503: YES), the process proceeds to step S1504, and an effect setting process is performed. In the effect setting process, a notice effect to be executed in the current game run, a stop symbol, a fluctuation display pattern, and the like are set. Details of the effect setting process will be described later. After executing step S1504, the process proceeds to step S1505. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1503 that the variation command and the type command have not been received (S1503: NO), the process proceeds to step S1505 without executing step S1504.

  In step S1505, it is determined whether an opening command has been received from the main MPU 62 or not. If it is determined in step S1505 that an opening command has been received from the main MPU 62 (S1505: YES), the process proceeds to step S1506 to execute opening effect setting processing. In the opening effect setting process, the type of the jackpot included in the opening command received this time is specified, the content of the opening effect corresponding to the type of the jackpot is set, and the information corresponding to the contents of the effect is set The opening effect command is transmitted to the display MPU 102. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1507. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1505 that the opening command has not been received from the main MPU 62 (S1505: NO), the process proceeds to step S1507 without executing step S1506.

  In step S1507, it is determined whether an ending command has been received. If it is determined in step S1507 that the ending command has been received (S1507: YES), the process advances to step S1508 to execute ending effect setting processing. In the ending effect setting process, the content of the gaming state after the opening / closing execution mode included in the ending command received this time is specified, and the content of the ending effect corresponding to the contents of the gaming state is set, and An ending effect command in which corresponding information is set is transmitted to the display MPU 102. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1509. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1507 that the ending command has not been received from the main MPU 62 (S1507: NO), the process proceeds to step S1509 without executing step S1508.

  In step S1509, other setting processing is executed. In the other setting process, for example, the setting of the effect content corresponding to the release command and the setting of the effect content corresponding to the closing command are performed. Further, when the rendering operation button 24 is pressed, a rendering operation command for recognizing that the rendering operation button 24 is pressed is transmitted to the display MPU 102.

<Hold command handling process>
Next, the pending command handling process will be described. The hold command handling process is executed by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control apparatus 90 as a subroutine of the command handling process (FIG. 26: S1502).

  FIG. 27 is a flowchart showing pending command handling processing. As described above, the hold command handling process is a process that is executed when the hold command is received from the main MPU 62. Hereinafter, the process of each step performed in the pending command handling process will be described.

  In step S1601, update processing at the time of winning is executed. In the update process at the time of winning, the number of pending information obtained based on the winning on the first starting opening 33, the number of pending information obtained based on the winning on the second starting opening 34, and these pending A process is performed to enable the sound light side MPU 92 to specify the total number of pieces of information. Details of the update process at the time of winning in step S1601 will be described later. Hereinafter, the number of pieces of hold information acquired based on the winning of the first start opening 33 is also referred to as the “first number of held pieces”, and the number of pieces of hold information acquired based on the winning of the second start opening 34 is It is also referred to as "second pending number", and the total number of the first pending number and the second pending number is also referred to as "total pending number". After executing step S1601, the process proceeds to step S1602.

  In step S1602, confirmation processing is executed. In the confirmation processing, processing is performed to enable the sound-side MPU 92 to specify whether the pending command that has been read this time corresponds to a big hit, whether it corresponds to a reach occurrence, and the like. Details of the confirmation processing in step S1602 will be described later. After executing step S1602, the process proceeds to step S1603.

  In step S1603, a process for previewing an perceived feeling is performed. In the processing for visual sense notice, processing for determining whether or not the above-mentioned occurrence condition of visual sense notice is satisfied is executed, and when the generation condition of the visual sense notice is satisfied, the visible processing is performed. Execute setting processing to execute feeling notice. The details of the processing for preview of the visual appearance notice in step S1603 will be described later. After executing step S1603, the present pending command handling process ends.

<Update process when winning>
Next, the update process at the time of winning will be described. The update process at the time of winning is executed by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 as a subroutine (FIG. 27: S 1601) of the hold command handling process.

  FIG. 28 is a flowchart showing update processing at the time of winning. In step S1701, it is determined whether the hold command that has been read this time has been transmitted based on the winning on the first starting port 33. If it is determined in step S1701 that the hold command that has been read this time is transmitted based on the winning on the first starting opening 33 (S1701: YES), the process proceeds to step S1702 and sound light is emitted. Update processing of the first hold count counter area provided in the various counter areas 94b of the side RAM 94 is executed. The first hold count counter area is a counter area for specifying the number of hold information acquired based on the winning on the first starting opening 33 in the sound-light MPU 92. In the update process of the first hold count counter area, the information of the first hold count counter area is updated to the information of the hold count included in the hold command which is the current read target. After executing step S1702, the process proceeds to step S1704.

  If it is determined in step S1701 that the hold command that has been read this time is not transmitted based on the winning on the first start opening 33 (S1701: NO), that is, the hold command is the second start opening If it is determined that the data has been sent based on the winning on 34, the process proceeds to step S1703, and the process of updating the second hold count counter area provided in the various counter areas 94b of the sound light side RAM 94 is executed. . The second hold number counter area is a counter area for specifying the number of pieces of hold information acquired based on the winning on the second start port 34 in the sound light side MPU 92. In the update processing of the second hold count counter area, the information of the second hold count counter area is updated to the information of the hold count included in the command that is the current read target. After step S1703 is executed, the process proceeds to step S1704.

  The reason why the processes of step S1702 and step S1703 are performed as described above will be described. In the present embodiment, while the pachinko machine 10 is powered off, backup power is supplied to the RAM 64 of the main control device 60, whereas backup power is supplied to the RAM 94 of the sound emission control device 90. I will not. Therefore, when the power is shut off in a situation where the hold information relating to the winning to the first start port 33 or the second start port 34 is stored in the RAM 64 of the main control device 60, the main control device 60 holds the hold information. While the sound emission control device 90 stores and holds the information, it is determined that the hold information is zero. In this case, assuming that voice emission control device 90 counts up the first hold count counter area or the second hold count counter area every time it receives a hold command, main controller 60 actually stores the hold. There may be a disadvantage that the number of pending information being held and the number of pending information kept in the audio light emission control device 90 do not match. On the other hand, as in the above-described embodiment, main control device 60 transmits a hold command including information on the hold number, and voice emission control unit 90 transmits the hold command every time it receives the hold command. By adopting a configuration in which the information on the number of pending pieces included is set in the first pending number counter area or the second pending number counter area, it is possible to suppress the occurrence of the above-mentioned inconvenience.

  In step S1704, update processing of the total hold number counter area provided in the various counter areas 94b of the sound light side RAM 94 is executed. In the total reserved number counter area, the sum of the number of pieces of suspension information acquired based on the winning of the first starting opening 33 and the number of the suspending information acquired based on the winning of the second starting opening 34 is heard. It is a counter area for specifying in side MPU92. In the updating process, the information of the total number of holding units counter area is the information of the sum of the information of the number of holding units measured in the first number of holding units counter area and the information of the number of holding units measured in the second number of holding units counter area Update to After step S1704 is executed, the update process at the time of the winning combination is ended.

<Confirmation processing>
Next, the confirmation process will be described. The confirmation process is executed by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control apparatus 90 as a subroutine of the hold command handling process (FIG. 27: S1602). Note that, as described above, when information such as the presence or absence of a big hit, the type of big hit, the presence or absence of reach has already been set in the hold command, this confirmation process can be omitted.

  FIG. 29 is a flowchart showing confirmation processing. As described above, the confirmation process is a process executed when it is determined that the hold command has been received from the main MPU 62. Hereinafter, the process of each step performed in the confirmation process will be described. The contents of each table stored in the hold confirmation table storage area 93a of the sound light side ROM 93 described in each of the following steps are the acceptance table storage area 63a, the distribution table storage area 63b, and the main ROM 63. The contents are the same as the contents of each table stored in the reach determination table storage area 63c.

  In step S1801, information on the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 included in the pending command that has been read this time is grasped. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1802, and it is determined whether the current lottery mode is the low probability mode. Specifically, when the high probability mode flag is not stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound side RAM 94, it is determined that the low probability mode is set, and the high probability mode flag is stored. It is determined that the mode is not the low probability mode, that is, the high probability mode. The high probability mode flag is stored when the high probability mode command is received from the main MPU 62.

  If it is determined in step S1802 that the mode is the low probability mode (S1802: YES), the process proceeds to step S1803, and the low probability mode acceptance table stored in the hold confirmation table storage area 93a of the sound light side ROM 93 is used. refer. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1805, and as a result of referring to the low probability mode acceptance table, it is determined whether the information of the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 grasped this time corresponds to a jackpot. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1802 that the mode is not the low probability mode (S1802: NO), the process proceeds to step S1804, and the high probability mode pass / fail table stored in the hold confirmation table storage area 93a of the sound light side ROM 93. Refer to Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1805, and as a result of referring to the high probability mode acceptance table, it is determined whether the information of the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 grasped this time corresponds to a jackpot.

  If it is determined in step S1805 that the information on the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 grasped this time corresponds to the jackpot (S1805: YES), the process proceeds to step S1806 and the pending command that was the current reading target The information on the value of the included jackpot type counter C2 is grasped. Thereafter, the process advances to step S1807 to refer to the distribution table stored in the storage confirmation table storage area 93a of the sound light side ROM 93. Specifically, in the case where the hold command which has been the target of the current reading is transmitted based on the winning on the first starting opening 33, the first starting opening distribution table is referred to and the second If it is transmitted based on the winning on the starting opening 34, the second starting opening distribution table is referred to.

  In step S1808, as a result of referring to the distribution table, it is determined whether the information of the value of the jackpot type counter C2 grasped this time corresponds to the probability variation jackpot. In step S1808, when it is determined that the probability variation jackpot is supported (S1808: YES), the process proceeds to step S1809, and the probability variation jackpot information is temporarily stored in the register of the sound side MPU 92. Thereafter, the present confirmation processing is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1808 that it does not correspond to the probability variation jackpot (S1808: NO), the process proceeds to step S1810, and the jackpot information is temporarily stored in the register of the sound MPU 92. Thereafter, the present confirmation processing is ended.

  If it is determined in step S1805 that the information on the value of the jackpot random number counter C1 that has been grasped this time does not correspond to the jackpot (S1805: NO), the process proceeds to step S1811, and the pending command that was the current reading target The information on the value of the reach random number counter C3 contained is grasped. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1812, and the reach determination table stored in the hold confirmation table storage area 93a of the sound light side ROM 93 is referred to. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S 1813, and as a result of referring to the reach determination table, it is determined whether the information on the value of the reach random number counter C 3 grasped this time corresponds to the reach occurrence.

  If it is determined in step S 1813 that reach has been generated (S 1813: YES), the process proceeds to step S 1814, and the reach generation information is temporarily stored in the register of the sound-light side MPU 92. Thereafter, the present confirmation processing is ended. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S 1813 that the reach has not been generated (S 1813: NO), the present confirmation process is ended as it is.

<Process for feeling of visible notice>
Next, the processing for previewing the feeling of visible notice will be described. The processing for anticipation of the feeling of previous notice is executed by the MPU 92 of the audio light emission control device 90 as a subroutine (FIG. 27: S1603) of the hold command handling processing.

  FIG. 30 is a flow chart showing the processing for previewing the feeling of visual appearance. In step S1901, it is determined whether the hold command that has been read this time has been sent based on the winning on the first starting opening 33. If it is determined in step S1901 that the hold command that has been read this time is not transmitted based on the winning on the first starting opening 33 (S1901: NO), that is, the winning on the second starting opening 34 If it is determined that the message has been sent based on the above, the process proceeds to step S1902.

  In step S1902, it is determined whether the first visible feeling advance notice flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94 or not. The first visible feeling notice flag is stored when starting the above-mentioned visible feeling notice on the basis of the hold information based on the winning of the first start opening 33, and is deleted when the visible feeling notice is ended. Is a flag that

  If it is determined in step S1902 that the first visible feeling advance flag is stored (S1902: YES), the process proceeds to step S1903, the first visible feeling advance flag is erased, and the process proceeds to step S1904. “0” is set in the counter area for a feeling of prior notice of the visual sense RAM 94. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S1905.

  When the visual sense notice counter area is set to execute the visual sense notice, the sound light side MPU 92 specifies the number of times the game round is to be performed thereafter. Measurement means for As will be described later, information on the number of reservations is set in the visual sensation notice counter area, and is updated so as to be decremented by one each time a game is newly started. Then, when the information stored in the visual sensation notice counter area after updating is the initial value “0”, the visual sensation notice flag stored at that time is erased.

  Here, if the hold command is transmitted based on the winning on the second starting opening 34, in other words, if there is a winning on the second starting opening 34, the first visible feeling advance notice flag Explain the reasons for eliminating In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the hold information relating to the winning of the second starting opening 34 is prioritized in priority to the hold information relating to the winning of the first starting opening 33 and thus becomes the target of the jackpot lottery. When there is a winning on the starting opening 34, the order of the jackpot lottery of the suspension information is changed, and the premise of the notice of the feeling of prior notice which has already been set upon the winning on the first starting opening 33 is broken It will Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when there is a winning on the second starting opening 34, the premise is broken by deleting the first visible feeling advance notice flag, and the visual sense notice of I decided to cancel the execution.

  If it is determined in step S1902 that the first prior feeling advance notice flag is not stored (S1902: NO), the process proceeds to step S1905 without executing steps S1903 and S1904.

  If it is determined in step S1901 that the hold command that has been the subject of this reading has been transmitted based on the winning on the first starting opening 33 (S1901: YES), step S1902, step S1903 and step The process advances to step S1905 without executing step S1904, that is, without executing deletion of the first visible feeling advance notification flag.

  In the processing from step S1905 to step S1911, which will be described next, processing relating to the jackpot suspension flag is executed. Therefore, prior to the description of the process from step S1905 to step S1911, the jackpot hold flag, and the first erasure counter area and the second erasure counter area used to determine whether or not the jackpot suspension flag is erased will be described. Do.

  The jackpot hold flag includes hold information corresponding to the jackpot among the hold information held in the hold area Ra for the first result display unit or the hold area Rb for the second result display unit of the main control device 60. If it is, it is information for specifying it by the sound light side MPU 92. In the process of erasing the big hit retention flag, in the situation where the big hit retention flag is stored, “0” is an initial value to which both of the information stored in the first erasure counter area and the second erasure counter area described later are stored. Will be executed if

  In the first erasure counter area, when the suspension information corresponding to the big hit is stored in the suspension area Ra for the first result display unit, the suspension information becomes the target of the game round and the first result display unit is used. It is a measuring means for specifying with the sound side MPU 92 the timing to be erased from the holding area Ra. The information on the number of pending items set in the first erasing counter area is, as will be described later, pending information stored in the first result display area pending area Ra (that is, for winning in the first starting opening 33) With respect to the hold information obtained based on the above, it is updated such that 1 is subtracted each time a game is newly started.

  In the second erasure counter area, when the second result display area reserved area Rb stores the hold information corresponding to the big hit, the hold information is the target of the game round and the second result display area is used. This is a measuring means for specifying the timing of erasing from the holding area Rb by the sound light side MPU 92. The information on the number of pending items set in the second erasing counter area is, as will be described later, pending information stored in the second result display area pending area Rb (that is, for winning a prize in the second starting opening 34) With respect to the hold information obtained based on the above, it is updated such that 1 is subtracted each time a game is newly started. Hereinafter, the description will return to the process regarding the jackpot pending flag.

  In step S1905, it is determined whether the hold command that has been read this time is a hold command corresponding to the jackpot. If it is determined in step S1905 that the hold command that has become the current read target is the hold command corresponding to the big hit (S1905: YES), the process proceeds to step S1906, and the hold command that has become the current read target is the (1) It is determined based on the winning on the starting opening 33 whether or not it has been sent.

  If it is determined in step S1906 that the hold command that has been read this time has been transmitted based on the winning on the first starting opening 33 (S1906: YES), the process proceeds to step S1907, and the current time While specifying the information on the first hold count included in the hold command that has become the read target, the information on the specified first hold count is set in the first erasure counter area. After executing step S1907, the process proceeds to step S1909.

  In step S1906, when it is determined that the hold command that has been read this time is not transmitted based on the winning on the first start opening 33 (S1906: NO), that is, the hold command is the second start opening If it is determined that the information has been sent based on the winning on 34, the process proceeds to step S1908, and identifies the information on the second pending number included in the command that is the target of the current reading, and [2] Set the information on the number of pending items in the second erasing counter area. After executing step S1908, the process proceeds to step S1909.

  In step S1909, it is determined whether the jackpot holding flag is stored in the sound light side RAM 94 or not. If it is determined in step S1909 that the jackpot suspension flag is stored (S1909: YES), the present suspension command handling process is ended as it is. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1909 that the big hit retention flag is not stored (S1909: NO), the process proceeds to step S1910, and the big hit retention flag is stored in the sound side RAM 94. After executing step S1910, the process proceeds to step S1912.

  If it is determined in step S1905 that the hold command that has been read this time is not the hold command corresponding to the jackpot (S1905: NO), the process proceeds to step S1911, and the big hit hold flag is stored in the sound light side RAM 94. Determine if there is.

  If it is determined in step S1911 that the jackpot holding flag is not stored in the sound light side RAM 94 (S1911: NO), the process proceeds to step S1912. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1911 that the jackpot holding flag is stored in the sound light side RAM 94 (S1911: YES), the present holding command handling process is ended as it is.

  As described in the process from step S1905 to step S1911, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the big hit hold flag is already stored (S1909: YES, S1911: YES) Various settings for executing a notice are not performed. Thus, in the situation where the suspension information corresponding to the big hit is already stored in the suspension area Ra for the first result display unit of the main control device 60 or the suspension area Rb for the second result display unit, the first starting port 33 or Even if new hold information is acquired based on the winning of the start opening 34, various settings for executing the notice of the feeling of visual appearance are not performed.

  In step S1912, it is determined whether the first visible feeling advance notice flag is stored in the sound light side RAM 94 or not. If it is determined in step S1912 that the first existing feeling notice flag is stored (S1912: YES), this pending command handling process is ended. That is, in the case where the first visible feeling advance notice flag is stored, the visible feeling notice occurrence lottery processing in step S19 is not executed. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1912 that the first visual appearance notice flag is not stored (S1912: NO), the flow proceeds to step S1913.

  In step S1913, it is determined whether the second visible feeling advance notice flag is stored in the sound light side RAM 94 or not. If it is determined in step S1913 that the second visible feeling advance notice flag is stored (S1913: YES), this pending command handling process is ended as it is. That is, in the case where the second visible feeling advance notice flag is stored, the visible feeling notice occurrence lottery processing of step S1917 is not executed. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1913 that the second visual appearance notice flag is not stored (S1913: NO), the process proceeds to step S16.

  That is, in the situation where it has already been set to execute the notice of the visual sensation based on either the hold information pertaining to the winning to the first starting opening 33 or the hold information pertaining to the winning to the second starting opening 34. Even if a new hold command is received, no new setting is performed to execute the notice of a feeling of sight.

  In step S1914, it is determined whether the hold command that has been the target of the current reading has been transmitted based on the winning on the first start port 33. If it is determined in step S1914 that the hold command that has been read this time has been transmitted based on the winning on the first starting opening 33 (S1914: YES), the process proceeds to step S1915 and the total hold is It is determined whether or not the pending number measured in the number counter area is two or more.

  If it is determined in step S1915 that the total number of held items is 2 or more (S1915: YES), the process proceeds to step S1917, and a feeling-of-experience notice occurrence lottery process is executed. Details of the feeling-of-the-eye notice occurrence lottery process will be described later. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S1915 that the total pending number is not 2 or more (S1915: NO), this pending command handling process is ended without executing the visual appearance notice occurrence lottery process of step S1917. .

  In step S1914, when it is determined that the hold command which has been read this time is not transmitted based on the winning on the first start opening 33 (S1914: NO), that is, the hold command is the second start opening If it is determined that the message has been sent based on the winning on 34, the process proceeds to step S1916, and it is determined whether the number of pending units measured in the second pending number counter area is 2 or more. .

  If it is determined in step S1916 that the second hold number is 2 or more (S1916: YES), the process proceeds to step S1917 to execute an eye-catching notice occurrence lottery process. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S1916 that the second hold number is not two or more, the processing for the visual sense fore-notice notice is ended without executing the visual sense fore-ager occurrence lottery process of step S1917.

  That is, in the case where the hold command which is the target of the current read is transmitted based on the winning on the first starting opening 33, the feeling of notice of the visual sense notice only when the total hold number is two or more. Execute the occurrence lottery process. On the other hand, in the case where the hold command which has been the target of the current read is transmitted based on the winning on the second starting opening 34, the sense of sight is seen only when the second hold number is two or more. Execute a notice occurrence lottery process. The reason for this is that the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment executes notice of a feeling of sight using two or more game times. In the case where the hold command is transmitted based on the winning on the second start port 34, the reason for using the second hold number as the basis is that in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the second start port 34. The hold information acquired by the winning is prioritized over the hold information acquired by the winning of the first starting opening 33 and becomes the target of the jackpot lottery.

<Presence feeling notice occurrence lottery process>
Next, the visual feeling notice occurrence lottery process will be described. The feeling-of-the-eye notice occurrence lottery process is executed by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control device 90 as a subroutine (FIG. 30: S1917) of the feeling-of-the-eye notice processing.

  FIG. 31 is a flow chart showing a feeling-of-the-eye notice occurrence lottery process. In step S2001, it is determined whether the pending command that has been the current read target corresponds to the jackpot or the reach occurrence. When it is determined in step S2001 that neither the jackpot nor the reach has been generated (S2001: NO), the visual appearance notice advance lottery process is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S2001 that a big hit or reach has been generated (S2001: YES), the process proceeds to step S2002, and the random number counter for feeling of prior notice from the lottery counter area 94c of the sound side RAM 94. The value (numerical information) is read out, and the visible feeling notice occurrence table stored in the visible feeling notice occurrence table storage area 93b of the sound side ROM 93 is referred to, and the read out for the visible feeling notice in step S2003. It is determined whether or not the random number counter value corresponds to the visual sensation notice occurrence winning.

  In addition, the probability of becoming a feeling of prior notice occurrence occurrence winning can be set arbitrarily. For example, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment is configured to refer to the jackpot notice occurrence table for the jackpot when the hold command corresponding to the jackpot is received, and the jackpot for the jackpot The advance notice generation table is set so that the hold notice occurrence will be won with a probability of 7/10. On the other hand, when the hold command corresponding to the reach occurrence is received, it is configured to refer to the reach prior notice occurrence table for reach, and the reach prior notice occurrence table for the reach is 10 minutes. It is set to be a winning notice occurrence with a probability of 1.

  When it is determined in step S2003 that the visual recognition notice random number counter value does not correspond to the visual recognition notice generation winning (S2003: NO), the visual appearance notice generation lottery process is ended. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S2003 that the visual recognition notice random number counter value corresponds to the visual recognition notice occurrence winning (S2003: YES), the generation condition of the visual notice is satisfied. The process proceeds to step S2004.

  In step S2004, a process of determining a notice effect for a notice of a feeling of visible notice is executed. Specifically, the random number counter value (numerical information) for notice effect is read out from the lottery counter area 94c of the sound light side RAM 94, and is stored in the notice effect notice table storage area 93c of the sound sense side ROM 93 With reference to the existing notice effect notice table for the sense of appearance notice, the notice effect for the notice of the actual appearance notice corresponding to the random number counter value for the notice effect is determined. The content of the notice effect that can be executed within the shortest display continuation time of the display continuation time stored in the display continuation time table of the main ROM 63 and the random number counter for the notice presentation effect Values and values are stored in association with each other. In the present embodiment, the notice effect for the notice of the visual sensation is determined using the random number counter value for the notice effect determined by the lottery and the notice effect table for the visual sensation notice. A configuration may be employed in which the predetermined predetermined announcement effect is used as the advance announcement effect for the visual sensation notice. In this case, the predetermined advance notice effect set in advance is an advance notice effect that can be executed within the shortest display continuation time of the display continuation times stored in the display continuation time table of the main ROM 63. Also, for example, the notice effect for the present notice of the visual sense notice is the notice effect A, and the notice effect for the visual notice for the visual sense notice to be determined when the condition for generating the visual notice on the next time is satisfied is the notice effect B. Alternatively, the order of the notice effects for the notice of the visual sensation to be determined may be set in advance. As described above, the pachinko machine 10 can adopt various methods to intentionally and actively determine the type and the content of the notice effect for the notice of the visible feeling to be executed in each game session.

  After step S2004 is executed, the process proceeds to step S2005, and the type information of the notice effect for the notice of the notice for the visual sense notice is stored in the notice effect storage area 94d for the visual sense notice of the sound light side RAM 94. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2006.

  In step S2006, a process of determining a stop symbol for notice of a feeling of visual appearance is executed. Specifically, the random number counter value (numerical information) for stop symbol is read out from the lottery counter area 94c of the sound light side RAM 94, and is stored in the stop feeling symbol stop table table storage area 93d of the sound light side ROM 93 The stop symbol corresponding to the stop symbol random number counter value for the stop symbol is determined with reference to the existing symbol notice symbol stop symbol table existing. In addition, as a stop symbol for a feeling of prior notice of a visual sense, the stop symbol for a result of detachment is determined. After executing step S2006, the process proceeds to step S2007, and the type information of the determined stop symbol for the notice of the feeling of visible notice is stored in the sound light side RAM 94. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2008.

  In step S2008, it is determined whether or not the hold command that has been read this time has been transmitted based on the winning on the first starting opening 33. If it is determined in step S2008 that the hold command that has been read this time has been transmitted based on the winning on the first starting opening 33 (S2008: YES), the process proceeds to step S2009, and sound light is emitted. The first visual presence notice flag is stored in the various flag storage areas 94 a of the side RAM 94. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2010, and the information stored in the total hold number counter area of the sound light side RAM 94 is set in the visual feeling notice counter area of the sound light side RAM 94. After that, the processing for the visual sense notice is finished. As a result, it is set to be in a state in which a feeling of prior notice should be performed triggered by the hold information pertaining to the first start port 33.

  If it is determined in step S2008 that the hold command that has been read this time is not transmitted based on the winning on the first starting port 33 (S2008: NO), the process proceeds to step S2011, and the sound light side The second visual appearance notice flag is stored in the various flag storage areas 94 a of the RAM 94. After that, the process proceeds to step S2012, and the information stored in the second hold count counter area of the sound light side RAM 94 is set in the visual sensation notice counter area of the sound light side RAM 94. After that, the processing for the visual sense notice is finished. As a result, it is set to be in a state in which a feeling of prior notice should be performed triggered by the hold information related to the second start port 34.

<Effect setting process>
Next, the effect setting process will be described. The effect setting process is executed by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control apparatus 90 as a subroutine of the command corresponding process (FIG. 26: S1504).

  FIG. 32 is a flowchart showing an effect setting process. As described above, the effect setting process is a process executed when it is determined that the variation command and the type command have been received, and is a process for setting the content of the effect to be executed in the current game run . Hereinafter, specific processing of the effect setting processing will be described.

  In step S 2101, the variation command received this time is read out, and from the command, information on presence / absence of reach and information on display duration are specified, and the type command received this time is read out. Information on the result of the jackpot lottery such as information, information on 8R probability variation jackpot, information on 16R regular jackpot, information on 8R regular jackpot, or information on outliers is specified. Then, in step S 2101, from the above-identified information, information on the presence or absence of the big hit, information on the type of big hit if the big hit, information on the presence or absence of the reach occurrence if the big hit is not won, and the display duration time The information on the information is stored in the register of the sound-light-side MPU 92. After executing step S2101, the process proceeds to step S2102.

  In step S2102, it is determined whether or not the visual sensation advance flag is stored in the sound light side RAM 94. If it is determined in step S2102 that the visual sensation advance notice flag is stored (S2102: YES), that is, if the condition of occurrence of the visual sensation advance notice is satisfied, the process proceeds to step S2103, and the visual sensation occurs Execute setting processing of the effect corresponding to the notice. In this processing, in the current game session for executing the notice of visual appearance, the notice effect for visual appearance notice determined in S2004 of FIG. 31 is executed, and the visual appearance notice determined in S2006 of FIG. 31. It is set to execute the symbol stop effect using the stop symbol for. Details of setting processing of an effect corresponding to the notice of a feeling of visual appearance will be described later.

  If it is determined in step S2102 that the visual sensation advance notice flag is not stored (S2102: NO), the process advances to step S2104 to execute an advance notice occurrence lottery process. In the advance notice occurrence lottery process, it is determined by lottery whether or not a normal advance notice effect is to be executed in the current game round. Normal preview effects can occur at any of the game times when reach display is performed and when reach display is not performed, but when reach display is performed, it is more than when reach display is not performed. Is also set to occur with high probability. Also, in the notice effect generation lottery process, the notice turn is more likely to occur, and the notice turn with a low appearance rate is more likely to occur, as compared to the game turn corresponding to the out result. Draw a lottery. After executing step S2104, the process proceeds to step S2105.

  In step S2105, it is determined whether or not the notice effect occurrence lottery has been won as a result of the notice effect occurrence lottery process in step S2104. In step S2105, when it is determined that the advance notice effect occurrence is won (step S2105: YES), the process proceeds to step S2106, and the selected advance notice effect is set to be executed in the current game round. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2107. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S2105 that the advance notice effect has not been won (step S2105: NO), the process proceeds to step S2107 without executing step S2106.

  In step S2107, a process of setting a stop symbol is executed. In the setting process of the stop symbol, when the result of the jackpot lottery of the current game round is 16R probability variation jackpot, 8R probability variation jackpot, 16R normal jackpot or 8R normal jackpot, the same symbol on the effective line L The information corresponding to the stop result in which the combination is established is set as the information of the current stop symbol. Specifically, when the result of the jackpot lottery of the current game round is a 16R probability variation jackpot or an 8R probability variation jackpot, the same odd symbol combination may be selected as the same symbol combination and the same. Even symbol combinations may be selected. In the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment, the selectivity is the same for the combination of the same odd symbol and the combination of the same even symbol, but instead, the former is more selective than the latter The configuration may have a high rate, and the latter may have a higher selectivity than the former. Also, the combination of "7" symbols is selected only in the case of the 16R probability variation jackpot. In addition, when the result of the jackpot lottery of the current game round is 16R normal jackpot or 8R normal jackpot, the combination of the same even symbols is selected as the combination of the same symbols.

  If the result of the jackpot lottery of the current game round is an outlier, the presence or absence of reach is determined from the content of the fluctuation command. When it is determined that it corresponds to the reach occurrence, it is a stop result in which the combination of the same symbol is not established on the effective line L, which corresponds to the stop result in which the combination of reach symbols is established on the effective line L The information is determined as the information on the result of the current stop. On the other hand, if it is determined that the same symbol combination is not established on the effective line L when it is determined that it does not correspond to reach occurrence, the stop result is that the combination of reach symbols on the effective line L Corresponding information is set as the information of the current stop symbol. After executing step S2107, the process proceeds to step S2108.

  In step S2108, processing for determining a variation display pattern of the current game run is executed. In the processing, the information of the display continuation time of the current game is identified from the content of the currently received fluctuation command, the information of the display continuation time, the information of the fluctuation display time included in the display continuation time, And the fluctuation display pattern corresponding to the combination of the information of the stop design specified at the above-mentioned step S2107 is selected. When selecting the variable display pattern, the variable display pattern table stored in the variable display pattern table storage area 93e of the sound light side ROM 93 is referred to.

  After the setting process of the effect corresponding to the notice of the feeling of anticipation in step S2103 is executed, or after the fluctuation display pattern is set in step S2108, the process proceeds to step S2109.

  In step S2109, the type information of the notice effect set in the current game run, the number of times of execution of the notice effect, the type information of the stop symbol, and the type information of the fluctuation display pattern are set in the effect command. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2110, and the effect command is transmitted to the display MPU 102. The display MPU 102 executes a process of causing the symbol display device 41 to display the effect content corresponding to the received effect command. After step S2110 is performed, the process proceeds to step S2111, and after the update process at the start of fluctuation is performed, the effect setting process is ended. Details of the update process at the start of the change will be described later.

<Processing for setting effects corresponding to notice of a feeling of visual appearance>
Next, setting processing of an effect corresponding to the notice of a feeling of visual appearance will be described. The setting process of the effect corresponding to the notice of the feeling of visual appearance is executed by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control apparatus 90 as a subroutine (FIG. 32: S2103) of the effect setting process.

  FIG. 33 is a flowchart showing setting processing of an effect corresponding to the notice of a feeling of visual appearance. As described above, the present setting process is a process that is executed when the current game time is one of a plurality of game times for executing the notice of visual appearance, and is executed in the current game time. Is a process of setting a prior notice effect, a symbol stop effect, and a variable display pattern. Hereinafter, the process of each step performed in the setting process will be described.

  In step S2201, the type information of the notice effect for the notice of the visual sense notice stored in the notice effect storage area 94d for the visual sense notice of the sound light side RAM 94 is grasped. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2202, and the type information of the stop symbol for the notice of the feeling of visual appearance stored in the sound light side RAM 94 is grasped. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2203.

  In step S2203, it is determined whether or not the value stored in the visual sensation notice counter area of the sound light side RAM 94 is "1". That is, it is determined whether or not the game run to be executed this time is a game run related to the hold information for which the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice of visual perception is satisfied. In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the gaming round related to the suspension information satisfying the generation condition of the prior notice of the feeling of notice is a gaming round related to the jackpot or the reach generation. Therefore, in the case of game times related to the hold information that satisfies the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice, a relatively long display continuation time is set.

  If it is determined in step S 2203 that the value stored in the visual sensation advance notice counter area is not “1” (S 2203: NO), that is, the gaming cycle to be executed this time is the condition of occurrence of the visual sensation advance notice If it is not the game time related to the held information that has been satisfied, the process proceeds to step S2204, and within the display duration time of the currently-played game time, the notice effect for the notice of visual appearance notice obtained in step S2201 can be executed multiple times It is determined whether or not.

  If it is determined in step S2204 that the notice effect for the visual sense notice can not be executed a plurality of times within the display continuation time (S2204: NO), the process proceeds to step S2205, and the notice effect for the visual sense notice is 1 Set to run once. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2208.

  If it is determined in step S2204 that the notice effect for the notice of visual sense can be executed a plurality of times within the display continuation time (S2204: YES), the process proceeds to step S2206, and the notice effect for the visual sense of notice Set to run multiple times. Specifically, in the case where it is possible to execute the notice effect for notice of the visual sensation notice twice within the display continuation time, the notice effect is set to be executed twice, and the visual sensation is seen within the display continuation time. If the advance notice effect for the advance notice can be executed three times, the advance notice effect is set to be executed three times. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is set that the notice effect for the notice of the visible feeling notice is executed up to three times in one game time. However, the maximum number of advance notice effects to be executed in one game may be set to one or two times, and may be set to four or more times.

  Also, let M be the number of times that the notice effect for visible feeling notice can be performed within the display continuation time in the current game run M times, and the actual number of execution times for the advance notice effect for visible feeling notice in the current game turn is N The relationship between M and N is not limited to M = N when it is assumed. If N satisfies the relationship of M 任意 N ≧ 1, its value can be set arbitrarily. For example, when the number of executable times of the notice effect for visual sense notice within the display continuation time in the current game round is 5 times, the actual number of times of execution of the notice effect for visual sense notice is 5 times to It can be set arbitrarily within one range. The value of N can be determined by various methods, such as determination by lottery or determination using table data in which M and N are associated with each other. In this way, it is possible to intentionally and actively determine the number of executions of the rendering element of the same content.

  After executing step S2206, the process proceeds to step S2207, and in the current game session, after executing the notice effect for the notice of visual sense notice, the stop symbol for visual sense notice for the visual recognition grasped in step S2202 is artificially stopped It is set to execute the symbol pseudo stop effect. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2208.

  After executing step S2205 or step S2207, in step S2208, the stop symbol for notice of the feeling of notice of visual appearance grasped in step S2202 is set as the stop symbol in the current game run. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2212.

  If it is determined in step S 2203 that the value stored in the visual sensation notice counter area is “1” (S 2201: YES), that is, the game cycle to be executed this time is the generation condition of the visual sensation notice. If it is the game time according to the suspension information that is satisfied, the process proceeds to step S2209, and it is set to execute the advance notice effect for visible feeling advance notice once, and the above-mentioned suggestion effect, battle effect, big hit or It sets so that the result production corresponding to the out result will be performed in this game time. As described above, since the gaming round related to the suspension information satisfying the generation condition of the feeling of prior notice of the visual recognition is the gaming round related to the jackpot or the reach generation, a relatively long display continuation time is set. When selecting each type of suggestion effect, battle effect, and result effect, within the time obtained by subtracting the time required for the advance effect for the notice of visual appearance from the display duration time set in the current game run Choose a combination of possible effects. After executing step S2209, the process proceeds to step S2210.

  In step S2210, after executing the notice effect for the notice of visual sense in the current game round, the symbol simulated stop effect of artificially stopping the stop symbol for visual sense of notice noticed in step S2202 is executed. Set to Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2211.

  In step S2211, a stop symbol corresponding to the result of the jackpot lottery of the current game run is set. The details of the setting process of the stop symbol are the same as the process in step S2107 of FIG. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2212.

  In step S2212, a process for determining a variation display pattern of the current game run is executed. In the processing, the information of the display continuation time of the current game is identified from the content of the currently received fluctuation command, the information of the display continuation time, the information of the fluctuation display time included in the display continuation time, And the variation display pattern corresponding to the combination of the information of the stop design for notice of the feeling of prior notice specified in the step S2202 is selected. When selecting the variable display pattern, the variable display pattern table stored in the variable display pattern table storage area 93e of the sound light side ROM 93 is referred to. After executing step S2212, the present setting process is ended.

<Update process at the start of fluctuation>
Next, update processing at the start of fluctuation will be described. The update process at the start of the change is executed by the MPU 92 of the sound emission control apparatus 90 as a subroutine (FIG. 32: S2111) of the effect setting process.

  FIG. 34 is a flowchart showing update processing at the start of fluctuation. In the processes from step S2301 to step S2311 described below, along with the start of the game play, the counter values of the various hold counter areas are updated, and the process related to the elimination of the big hit hold flag is executed.

  The jackpot suspension flag is, as already described, a jackpot in the suspension information stored in the suspension area Ra for the first result display unit or the suspension area Rb for the second result display unit of the main control device 60. This flag is stored when the corresponding hold information is included. In addition, when the hold information corresponding to the big hit is stored in the first erasure counter area, in the first result display unit hold area Ra, the order in which the hold information becomes the start target of the game round is Information for identifying whether or not is stored. In addition, when the hold information corresponding to the big hit is stored in the second deletion counter area, in the second result display area hold area Rb, the order in which the hold information becomes the target of the start of the game round is Information for identifying whether or not is stored. Therefore, when both the value of the first erasing counter area and the value of the second erasing counter area are “0” as the initial value, the first result display area reserved area Ra of the main control device 60 or This means that the hold information corresponding to the jackpot is not included in the hold information stored in the hold area Rb for the second result display unit, and in this case, the jackpot hold flag is erased. Hereinafter, the process of each step performed in the update process at the time of a fluctuation | variation start is demonstrated.

  In step S2301, the information on the total pending number counter area is updated so that the total pending number stored in the total pending number counter area of the sound light side RAM 94 is decremented by one. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2302.

  In step S2302, it is determined whether the currently received fluctuation command is a first fluctuation command. If it is determined in step S2302 that the command is the first change command (S2302: YES), the process proceeds to step S2303, and the number of hold numbers stored in the first hold number counter area of the sound side RAM 94 is decremented by one. To update the information in the first pending number counter area. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2304.

  In step S2304, it is determined whether the value stored in the first erasure counter area of the sound light side RAM 94 is 1 or more. If it is determined in step S2304 that the value stored in the first erasure counter area is 1 or more (S2304: YES), the process proceeds to step S2305 and the value stored in the first erasure counter area The information in the first erasure counter area is updated so that 1 is subtracted by one. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2309.

  If it is determined in step S2304 that the value stored in the first erasure counter area is not 1 or more (S2304: NO), the process proceeds to step S2312 without executing steps S2305 and 09 to S2311.

  If it is determined in step S2302 that the command for variation is not the first variation command (S2302: NO), that is, if the variation command received this time is the second variation command, the process proceeds to step S2306. The information of the second pending number counter area is updated so that the pending number stored in the second pending number counter area is decremented by one. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2307.

  In step S2307, it is determined whether the value stored in the second erasure counter area of the sound light side RAM 94 is "1" or more. If it is determined in step S2307 that the value stored in the second erasure counter area is 1 or more (S2307: YES), the process proceeds to step S2308 and the value stored in the second erasure counter area The information in the second erasure counter area is updated so that 1 is subtracted by one. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2309.

  If it is determined in step S2307 that the value stored in the second erasure counter area is not 1 or more (S2307: NO), the process proceeds to step S2312 without executing steps S2308 and 09 to S2311.

  In step S2309, it is determined whether the value stored in the first erasure counter area is "0". If it is determined in step S2309 that the value stored in the first erasure counter area is “0” (S2309: YES), the flow proceeds to step S2310. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S2309 that the value stored in the first erasure counter area is not "0" (S2309: NO), the process proceeds to step S2312 without executing steps S2310 and S2311. .

  In step S 2310, it is determined whether the value stored in the second erasure counter area is “0”. If it is determined in step S2310 that the value stored in the second erasure counter area is "0" (S2310: YES), the process proceeds to step S2311, and the jackpot retention flag is erased. That is, when the value stored in the first erase counter area is "0" and the value stored in the second erase counter area is "0", the big hit retention flag is erased. . Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2312. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S2310 that the value stored in the second erasure counter area is not “0” (S2310: NO), the process proceeds to step S2312 without executing step S2311.

  In the processing from step S2312 to step S2317 to be described next, processing relating to deletion of the feeling-for-the-notice notice flag is executed. Specific processing will be described below.

  In step S2312, it is determined whether or not the value stored in the visual sensation notifying counter area of the sound light side RAM 94 is "1" or more. If it is determined in step S2312 that the value stored in the visual sensation advance notice counter area is not "1" or more (S2312: NO), the update processing at the start of the fluctuation is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S2312 that the value stored in the visual sensation advance notice counter area is “1” or more (S2312: YES), the process proceeds to step S2313.

  In step S2313, the information in the visual sense annunciation counter area is updated so that the value stored in the visual notice annunciation counter area of the sound light side RAM 94 is decremented by one. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2314.

  In step S2314, it is determined whether or not the value stored in the visual sensation advance notice counter area of the sound light side RAM 94 is "0". If it is determined in step S2314 that the value stored in the visual sensation advance notice counter area is not “0”, the update processing at the start of the fluctuation is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined that the value stored in the visual feeling notice counter area is “0”, the process proceeds to step S2315.

  In step S2315, it is determined whether or not the variation command received this time is the first variation command. If it is determined in step S2315 that the command is the first variation command, the process advances to step S2316 to delete the first existing feeling notice flag of the sound light side RAM 94. Thereafter, the update process at the start of the change is ended. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S2315 that the command for variation is not the first variation command, that is, if the variation command received this time is the command for second variation, the process proceeds to step S2317. Delete the feeling notice flag. Thereafter, the update process at the start of the change is ended.

<Various Processes Executed in Display Control Device>
Next, processing executed by the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 will be described.

  The processing executed by the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 is mainly performed from the main processing repeatedly executed until the power is shut off after the power is turned on and the processing when the command is received from the sound emission control device 90 There are command interrupt processing and V interrupt processing that is executed when a V interrupt signal transmitted from the VDP 105 is detected. The V interrupt signal is a signal transmitted from the VDP 105 to the MPU 102 every 20 milliseconds when the drawing process of an image for one frame is completed.

  The MPU 102 executes main processing after power-on, and executes command interrupt processing and V interrupt processing in accordance with reception of a command and detection of a V interrupt signal. When the reception of the command and the detection of the V interrupt signal are simultaneously performed, the command interrupt process is preferentially executed. Therefore, the V interrupt processing can be executed by quickly reflecting the content of the command received from the audio light emission control device 90.

<Main processing>
Next, main processing executed by the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 will be described.

  FIG. 35 is a flowchart showing main processing executed by the MPU 102 of the display control device 100. As described above, the main processing is executed when the power is turned on, and continues to be executed until the power is turned off. Hereinafter, the process of each step performed in the main process will be described.

  In step S2401, an initial setting process is performed. Specifically, first, the MPU 102 is initialized and processing of clearing the storage of the work RAM 104 and the video RAM 107 is performed. Then, the compressed character information stored in the character ROM 106 is read, the read character information is decompressed, and the decompressed character information is stored in the character area of the video RAM 107. Furthermore, in order to display the initial screen, information corresponding to the initial screen is extracted from the character information written in the video RAM 107, and the extracted character information is written in the frame buffer area of the video RAM 107. Also perform other settings necessary for initialization. Then, it progresses to step S2402.

  In step S2402, interrupt permission setting is performed. After the interrupt permission setting is executed, the main processing thereafter executes infinite loop processing until the power is turned off. Thus, after the interrupt permission is set, command interrupt processing and V interrupt processing described below are executed in accordance with the reception of the command and the detection of the V interrupt signal.

  Next, command interrupt processing executed in the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 will be described. As described above, the command interrupt process is a process that is executed each time a command is received from the sound emission control apparatus 90.

<Command interrupt processing>
FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing command interruption processing executed in the MPU 102 of the display control device 100. In step S2501, command storage processing is executed. In the command storage process, the received command data is extracted, and the extracted command data is stored in the command storage area provided in the work RAM 104. The various commands stored in the command storage area by the command storage process are read out by the command determination process of the V interrupt process described later, and the process corresponding to the command is executed.

<V interrupt processing>
Next, V interrupt processing performed in the MPU 102 of the display control device 100 will be described.

  FIG. 37 is a flowchart showing the V interrupt process executed by the MPU 102 of the display control device 100. As described above, the V interrupt process is a process that is executed when the V interrupt signal from the VDP 105 is detected. In the V interrupt process, various processes corresponding to the command stored in the command storage area are executed by the command interrupt process, and an image to be displayed on the symbol display device 41 is specified, and then the VDP 105 draws the image and Execute the instructions on the display.

  As described above, the V interrupt signal is a signal that is generated to the VDP 105 every 20 milliseconds for which drawing processing of an image for one frame is completed, and is transmitted to the MPU 102. Therefore, when the MPU 102 executes the V interrupt process in synchronization with the V interrupt signal, the drawing instruction to the VDP 105 is performed every 20 milliseconds when the image drawing process for one frame is completed. For this reason, the VDP 105 does not receive a drawing instruction of the next image at a stage where the drawing processing or the display processing of the image is not finished, so the drawing of a new image is started or displayed while drawing the image. It is possible to suppress the development of the image accompanying the new drawing instruction in the frame buffer area in which the image information in the middle is stored. The details of the process of each step of the V interrupt process will be described below.

  In step S2601, command corresponding processing is executed. In the command handling process, while analyzing the contents of the command stored in the command storage area by the command interrupt process (FIG. 36), the process corresponding to the command is executed. Specifically, for example, when a rendering command is stored, control of image drawing and display is started so that the rendering mode specified by the rendering command is displayed on the symbol display device 41.

  If a rendering operation command is stored, it is determined whether or not it is a reception period of pressing of the rendering operation button 24, and if it is determined that it is a reception period of pressing of the rendering operation button 24, the rendering operation Control of drawing and display of the image is started so that the effect mode corresponding to the pressing of the button 24 is displayed on the symbol display device 41. On the other hand, when it is determined that it is not a reception period of pressing of the rendering operation button 24, the content of the next command is analyzed without executing the process.

  In the command handling process (S2601), all the commands stored in the command storage area at that time are analyzed, and a process corresponding to all the analyzed commands is executed. The reason will be described. The command determination process is performed at an interval of 20 milliseconds in which the V interrupt process is executed, and therefore, there is a high possibility that a plurality of commands are stored in the command storage area in the 20 milliseconds. In particular, when the content of the effect is set by the sound emission control device 90 and the effect is started, there is a high possibility that various commands for specifying the content of the effect are simultaneously stored in the command storage area. Therefore, by analyzing and executing these commands at one time, it quickly grasps the mode of the effects such as the notice effect and the stop pattern set by the sound emission control device 90, and displays the effect image according to the mode The drawing of the image can be controlled to be displayed on the device 41.

  In step S2602, display setting processing is executed. In the display setting process, based on the type of screen to be displayed on the symbol display device 41 set by the command corresponding process (S2601) or the like, the content of the image for one frame to be displayed next is specified in the symbol display device 41 . Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2603.

  In step S2603, task processing is performed. In the task processing, based on the contents of the image of the next one frame to be displayed on the symbol display device 41 specified by the display setting processing (S2602), the type of character (sprite, display object) constituting the image In addition to specifying, various parameters necessary for drawing such as display coordinate position, enlargement ratio, rotation angle and the like are determined for each character (sprite). Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2604.

  In step S2604, a drawing process is performed. In the drawing process, the types of various characters constituting one frame and parameters necessary for drawing each character, which are determined by the task process (S2603), are transmitted to the VDP 105. The VDP 105 performs drawing processing of an image based on these pieces of information, and also causes the symbol display device 41 to display an image drawn based on the information received at the time of the previous V interrupt processing, together with the drive signal. The image data is transmitted to the symbol display device 41. After that, the process advances to step S2605 to execute other processes, and then the V interrupt process ends.

  As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, so that the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times for the player It can give a sense of deafness (dejab). The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences winning of the jackpot after the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the rendering element is executed in the expectation that the rendering element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Whenever it is done, you will be focused on the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the generation condition of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied, and when the feeling of prior notice is to be executed, the type and content of the effect element to be executed plural times are intended. Can be set as Moreover, the number of times of execution of the rendering element of the same content can also be set intentionally. Moreover, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to arbitrarily set the occurrence probability (occurrence frequency) of the feeling of prior notice in the case where the jackpot is won or the reach occurs.

  The pachinko machine 10 may control the number of effect elements of the same content to be executed a plurality of times. For example, the pachinko machine 10 may increase the number of effect elements of the same content executed a plurality of times as time passes. Hereinafter, specific examples will be described with reference to the drawings.

  FIG. 38 is a time chart showing an example in which the number of effect elements of the same content executed a plurality of times is increased with the passage of time. In the example shown in FIG. 38, the pachinko machine 10 executes the effect element A in the first game cycle P01, and also performs the effect element A in the next game cycle P02, so the effects of the same contents executed a plurality of times The number of elements is one. The pachinko machine 10 further executes the presentation element B in addition to the presentation element A in the game round P02, and executes the presentation element A and the presentation element B in the next game round P03, so the same execution is performed multiple times The number of presentation elements of the content is two. That is, the pachinko machine 10 increases the number of effect elements of the same content executed a plurality of times as time passes. In this way, since the number of effect elements for which the player recognizes the visual sensation increases with the passage of time, the player's expectation can be increased with the passage of time.

  In the example illustrated in FIG. 38, the control for increasing the number of effect elements having the same content, which is performed a plurality of times, has been described, but the control for reducing may be performed. The pachinko machine 10 is to increase or decrease the player's sense of expectation, to give an expectation to the expectation, and the like, by increasing or decreasing the number of effect elements of the same content executed a plurality of times. It can give change.

B. Second embodiment:
Next, a second embodiment will be described. The difference between the present embodiment and the first embodiment is the contents of processing relating to the notice of a feeling of sight. In the following description, the notice of the sense of sight performed by the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment will be mainly described. Description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment is omitted.

  FIG. 39 is a time chart showing an example of a feeling of prior notice performed by the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment. FIGS. 39 (A) and 39 (B) show two examples, an example 1 and an example 2 of the notice of the feeling of visual appearance in this embodiment.

  In Example 1, at the timing when the total reserved number CRN is 2, the game ball wins in the first starting opening 33, and the total reserved number CRN becomes 3, and the pending information related to the relevant winning condition is the condition for generating the feeling of notice of visual appearance. It shows the case of filling. That is, the game play P03 indicated as the third game play is the game play relating to the suspension information that satisfies the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice.

  The pachinko machine 10 is a game cycle before the game cycle P03 related to the suspension information satisfying the condition of occurrence of the notice of visual acuity, when the information on reserve of the game game P03 fulfills the condition of the generation of a sensation of visual acuity The content of the game effect A executed in P01 is stored. That is, the pachinko machine 10 stores the contents of the game effect A to be executed in the game cycle P01 to be executed after determining that the hold information of the game cycle P03 satisfies the occurrence of the visual acuity notice. And, it is a game time later than the game time P01 in which the contents of the game effect A are stored, and the game time P02 which is a game time before the game time P03 related to the suspension information satisfying the condition of occurrence of visible feeling notice. And in the game play P03, the contents of the game effect A stored in the game play P01 are reproduced.

  In the first embodiment, the "rendering element" having the same content is executed a plurality of times as the notice of the feeling of visual acuity, but in the present embodiment, it is composed of a combination of therendering elements performed in the game round P01 Execute multiple times with "game effect" as one unit. That is, the game effect completely the same as the game time P01 is reproduced as it is for a fixed period in each game time of the game times P02 and the game times P03. By doing this, it is possible to preferably give the player a sense of sight.

  In addition, in the game play P03, after executing the game effect A, as in the first embodiment, the suggestion effect, the battle effect, and the effect effect (a victory effect in this example) are executed. Then, after stopping the jackpot symbol in the game play P03, the jackpot effect is executed.

  Specific processing will be described. When it is determined that the suspension information according to the game turn P03 satisfies the condition for generating the notice of the visual acuity notice, the sound emission control device 90 of the pachinko machine 10 executes the game effect A for the game effect A of the game turn P01 to be executed thereafter. Store various setting data to do. The various setting data includes setting data for operating hardware that actually executes effects such as various lamps 47, data for setting commands to be transmitted to the display control apparatus 100, and the like.

  After the game number P01 ends, the sound emission control device 90 actually executes the game effect based on the various setting data for executing the stored game effect A when the game period P02 is started. It controls the lamp 47 and the speaker 46 etc.). Just before the start of the game turn P02, the game effect B to be executed is determined based on the hold information pertaining to the game turn P02, but the sound emission control device 90 has the game effect B hard at the start of the game turn P02. The game effect A is preferentially executed without being executed in a mode that appears in the behavior of the wear. The processing based on the setting data of the game effect B is executed as an internal process within the range not appearing in the behavior of hardware (various lamps 47, speakers 46, etc.) executing the game effect.

  As shown in FIG. 39 (A), when the display continuation time of the game times P02 is longer than the time for executing the game effect A, the sound emission control device 90 plays the game in the game times P02. At the same time as the execution of the effect A ends, the processing by the setting data of the game effect B which has been executed as internal processing within the range not appearing as the behavior of the hardware is switched to the process in the form of appearing as the behavior of the hardware. That is, in the game play P02, after the game effect A is executed, the player recognizes that the game effect B is executed halfway. The other processes are the same as those in the first embodiment. Thus, the pachinko machine 10 executes the notice of the feeling of visual appearance shown in the first example.

  Next, an example 2 of the notice of a feeling of visual appearance notice in the present embodiment will be described using FIG. 39 (B). Also in Example 2, as in Example 1, the game ball wins in the first starting opening 33 at the timing when the total reserved number CRN is 2, the total reserved number CRN becomes 3, and the suspension information related to the winning is visible It shows the case where the condition for occurrence of feeling notice is satisfied. That is, the game cycle P13 indicated as the third game cycle is the game cycle related to the hold information that satisfies the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice.

  In Example 2, the sound emission control device 90 stores the contents of the game effect C1 which is the game effect of a part of the game effect C0 executed in the game time P11. And, it is a game time later than the game time P11 in which the content of the game effect C1 is stored, and a game time P12 which is a game time before the game time P13 relating to the suspension information satisfying the condition of occurrence of visible feeling advance notice. And, in the game times P13, the contents of the stored game effect C1 are reproduced. Specifically, since the display continuation time of the game times P12 is shorter than the time required to execute the game effect C1, the voice emission control device 90 performs the game for a part of the stored game effect C1 in the game times P12. The game effect C1a which is the effect is reproduced. On the other hand, since the display continuation time of the game times P13 is longer than the time required to execute the game effect C1, the sound emission control device 90 reproduces all the contents of the stored game effect C1 in the game times P13. In addition, in the game round P13, after executing the game effect C1, a suggestion effect, a battle effect, and a result effect (a victory effect in this example) are executed. Then, after stopping the jackpot symbol in the game play P03, the jackpot effect is executed.

  As a specific process, when it is determined that the suspension information according to the game times P13 satisfies the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice, the sound emission control device 90 executes the game executed after the condition of occurrence of the feeling of previous notice is met. The various setting data for executing game effect C1 which is game effect of a part period of game effect C in time P11 is stored. The various setting data includes setting data for operating hardware that actually executes effects such as various lamps 47, data for setting commands to be transmitted to the display control apparatus 100, and the like. In the present embodiment, when the length (time) of the game effect to be stored is set in advance, the display duration time of the game effect C0 is longer than the set length, and thus part of the game time C0 A game effect C1 which is a game effect of a period is stored.

  Furthermore, since the display duration time of the game times P12 is shorter than the time required to execute the stored game effect C1, the sound emission control device 90 is part of the stored game effect C1 in the game times P12. The game effect C1a is reproduced. The other processes are the same as those in the first embodiment. Thus, the pachinko machine 10 gives notice of the feeling of visual appearance shown in Example 2.

  In the above description, the voice emission control device 90 stores the setting data transmitted to the display control device 100, thereby reproducing the game effect performed in the game period P01 in the game period after the game period P01. However, the display control device 100 stores the moving image data reproduced by the symbol display device 41 in the game times P01 as it is in the buffer, and displays the stored moving image data again in the game times after the game times P01. The device 100 may transmit to the symbol display device 41 for reproduction.

  As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the content of the executed game effect is stored and reproduced, so that the game effect of the completely same content is played for at least a part of the period. Will be experienced. Therefore, it is possible to preferably give the player a sense of sight.

  Further, as in the first embodiment, the player who has recognized the feeling of sight may not have a special meaning with respect to the feeling of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a bonus is given. I will have a sense of anticipation. When the player experiences that a benefit is given after the game effect of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the game effect is executed expecting that the game effect of the same content is executed a plurality of times Every time they have a high expectation, they pay attention to the game production. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the game effect of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the game effect to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  As shown in FIGS. 39 (A) and 39 (B), in the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 has the same suggestion effect which suggests to the player that the game effect of the same content is reproduced. Execute after the game effect of the contents of is reproduced. Therefore, it is possible to make the player recognize that the game effect of the same content is reproduced, and convince the player that the reproduction of the game effect of the same content has a special meaning. be able to.

  Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment may not select an operation acceptance effect including content that suggests acceptance of the input operation of the effect operation button 24 by the player as a target of game effect to be stored and reproduced. When the operation acceptance effect is reproduced as a game effect, it may be executed with different contents depending on the mode of the input operation by the player. As a result, it may not be possible to give the player a sense of sight. Since the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment does not select the operation reception effect as the game effect to be stored and reproduced, it is possible to suppress different contents from being executed depending on the mode of the input operation by the player. It is possible to certainly give the player a sense of sight.

C. Third embodiment:
Next, a third embodiment will be described. The difference between the present embodiment and the first embodiment is the contents of processing relating to the notice of a feeling of sight. In the following description, the notice of the sense of sight performed by the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment will be mainly described. Description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment is omitted.

  FIG. 40 is a time chart showing an example of a feeling of prior notice performed by the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment. FIGS. 40 (A) and 40 (B) show two examples, an example 1 and an example 2 of the notice of the feeling of visual appearance in this embodiment. In Example 1, the game ball lands in the first starting opening 33 at the timing when the total reserved number CRN is 3, and the total reserved number CRN becomes 4 and the pending information related to the relevant winning condition is the condition for generating the notice of the feeling of visual notice. It shows the case of filling. That is, the game play P04 indicated as the fourth game play is the game play relating to the suspension information that satisfies the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice.

  The pachinko machine 10 in Example 1 continues the game times P04 or earlier according to the hold information satisfying the occurrence condition of the notice of visual appearance notice, when the hold information concerning the game appearance P04 satisfies the generation condition of visual notice. The total duration of the shortest display durations that can be determined as the display durations T1, T2, T3 and T4 of the game duration P01, the game duration P02, the game duration P03, and the game duration P04, which are a plurality of game times. The display duration time of each game time P01 to P04 actually determined is taken as Tre (Tre = T1 + T2 + T3 + T4), and the shortest display duration time that can be determined as the display duration time of each game time P01 to P04 Assuming that the total time is Tsum, the relationship of Tsum ≦ Tre holds.

  Then, the pachinko machine 10 performs an effect element of the same content that can be executed a plurality of times within the calculated total time Tsum until the game cycle P04 relating to the suspension information satisfying the occurrence condition of the feeling of visual notice is completed. Run multiple times. In Example 1 shown in FIG. 40, the pachinko machine 10 is an effect element of the same content that can be executed a plurality of times within a time Tsum below the time Tre which is the display continuation time of each game time P01 to P04 actually determined. A, rendering element B, and rendering element C are executed. In addition, in the game play P04, after executing the game effect A, the suggestion effect, the battle effect, and the effect effect (the victory effect in this example) are executed.

  The pachinko machine 10 of Example 1 executes the rendering element A four times, the rendering element B three times, and the rendering element C twice within the time Tsum. More specifically, the effect elements to be executed a plurality of times are, first, only the effect element A, then the effect element A and the effect element B, and then the effect element A, the effect element B and the effect element C, etc. The number of effect elements of the same content to be executed a plurality of times is increased as time passes.

  Further, as illustrated, in the pachinko machine 10 of Example 1, the effect element A executed at the second, third and fourth times is executed across the game times. That is, the timing at which the variable display of symbols stops is different from the timing at which one rendering element A ends. This will be described below with reference to FIG.

  FIG. 41 is an explanatory view for explaining the display surface 41 a when the feeling of prior notice is performed by the pachinko machine 10 in the present embodiment. In the present embodiment, the display surface 41a is divided into the display area 41aS and the display area 41aL when the notice of feeling of anticipation is executed. And in display field 41aS, change display and stop display of a symbol are performed. The variable display and the stop display of the symbols in the display area 41aS are executed in the same cycle as the display continuation time of each of the game times P01 to P04.

  On the other hand, in the display area 41aL, display corresponding to the rendering element A, the rendering element B, and the rendering element C is performed. As the effect element A, for example, an effect element by a video using the entire display area 41aL is displayed. More specifically, the display of a moving image as a background image of the display area 41aL and the display of a moving image consisting of a combination of a background image and an object image displayed in front of the background image are performed. As the effect element B and the effect element C, for example, a cut-in notice effect for displaying a predetermined image in front of a background image, an object notice effect for displaying a predetermined object image in front of a background image, a background image Background change notice effect that changes to a different mode from time, character notice effect effect that causes a predetermined character to execute a predetermined action, lamp emission effect that causes various lamps to emit light in a predetermined pattern, and a pattern row with a predetermined scroll pattern The symbol row variation effect to be varied, the reach effect to vary the remaining one symbol row in a state where two identical symbols are stopped on at least one effective line, and the like can be mentioned. In the pachinko machine 10 in the present embodiment, the jackpot effect executed after the end of the game play P04 is executed by displaying a moving image using the entire display surface 41a.

  As described with reference to FIG. 41, for example, the display surface 41a is divided into a display area 41aS and a display area 41aL, and variable display and stop display of symbols in the display area 41aS, and effect elements in the display area 41aL By performing the display and the display in different cycles, the period of the variation display and stop display of the symbol (that is, the period synchronized with the actual display duration time), the effect element A, the effect element B and the effect element C are executed It becomes possible to make an aspect different from the period.

  Next, an example 2 of the notice of the feeling of visual appearance notice in the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In Example 2 as well as Example 1, the game ball wins in the first starting opening 33 at the timing when the total number of reserved pieces CRN is 3, and the total number of reserved pieces CRN becomes 4 and the reserved information related to the winnings is visible It shows the case where the condition for occurrence of feeling notice is satisfied. That is, the game time P14 indicated as the fourth game time is the game time related to the hold information that satisfies the condition for generating the notice of the feeling of visual appearance.

  In Example 2, the time required for the rendering element A to be executed a plurality of times is longer than the display duration time of the game times P11. That is, the pachinko machine 10 executes one rendering element A across game times. The pachinko machine 10 of Example 2 executes the presentation element A as a presentation element that can be performed three times within the total display time Tsum of the shortest display continuation time that can be determined as the display continuation time of four game times P11 to P14. . As shown in Example 2, the number of times of game times required to execute the effect element of the same content a plurality of times (in Example 2, 4 game times) and the number of execution times of the effect element of the same content (Example 2) Then, the rendering element A may be different from 3). The type of effect element to be executed a plurality of times as the same content and the number of times of the effect may be determined according to the value of the calculated total time Tsum. In this case, using the table data in which the total time Tsum is associated with the type of the rendering element and the number of times of execution, the type of the rendering element to be executed multiple times may be determined as the same content.

  As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the same content that can be executed a plurality of times in the total duration (Tsum) of the shortest display durations that can be determined as the display duration of each game number Since one rendering element to be executed a plurality of times can be completed within the display continuation time (T1, T2, T3, T4) which is the time actually required for one game cycle. It is not restricted. That is, it is possible to execute the rendering element of the same content multiple times across a plurality of consecutive game times prior to the game time related to the hold information that satisfies the occurrence condition of the feeling of visual appearance. As shown in the second example, it is possible to execute one game effect element A, which is an object to be executed a plurality of times, across game times. Therefore, it is possible to select an effect element to be executed a plurality of times without considering the relationship between the effect time for one effect element and the display duration time for one game cycle.

  Furthermore, since the same content rendering element that can be executed multiple times is executed multiple times within the total time (Tsum) of the shortest display durations that can be determined, the rendering element of the same content is executed multiple times The time required is equal to or less than the total time (Tre) of the display durations of the actual game times. Therefore, when the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times across a plurality of consecutive game times prior to the game times related to the hold information relating to the occurrence condition of the feeling of visible notice, time shortage will occur. It is possible to avoid and reliably execute the rendering element of the same content multiple times.

  Further, as in the first embodiment, since the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times (at least twice), the player can see that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times. It can give a feeling (dejab). The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. When the player experiences that a benefit is given after the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, the effect element is executed in the hope that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time they have a high sense of expectation, they will focus on the directing element. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  As shown in FIGS. 40 (A) and 40 (B), in the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 has the same suggestion effect which suggests to the player that the effect element of the same content is reproduced. Execute after the effect element of the contents of is executed multiple times. Therefore, it is possible to make the player recognize that the rendering element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the game has a special meaning that the rendering element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times. Can be convinced by

  Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 in the present embodiment may not select the operation receiving effect element including the content suggesting the acceptance of the input operation of the effect operation button 24 by the player as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times. The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times. As a result, it may not be possible to give the player a sense of sight. The pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment does not select the operation receiving effect element as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times, so that the effect element having different contents is suppressed depending on the mode of the input operation by the player. It is possible to certainly give the player a sense of sight.

  Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 includes a combination of a display of a moving image as a background image of the display area 41aL, and a combination of a background image and an object image displayed in front of the background image as an effect element which is executed a plurality of times with the same content. Display of moving images, cut-in notice effect, notice effect by displaying an object image such as a predetermined character in front of the background image, background change notice effect that changes the background image to a mode different from that at normal time, reach effect, And, various effects such as effects by physically operating items provided on the front door frame 14 and the game board 30, effects by lighting and flickering with various lamps 47, etc. are seen for the player using various effect elements. Can give a feeling. Therefore, the player's attention that the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times can be directed to various effect elements.

  The pachinko machine 10 in the present embodiment controls the number of effect elements of the same content that are executed a plurality of times. In Example 1 of this embodiment, at first, the rendering element A is executed, the number of rendering elements having the same content is one, and then the game rendering B is executed, and the number of rendering elements having the same content is two. Then, the effect element C is executed and the number of effect elements having the same content is three. In the present embodiment, control is performed to increase the number of effect elements having the same content that is executed a plurality of times, but control to reduce the number may be performed. The pachinko machine 10 is to increase or decrease the player's sense of expectation, to give an expectation to the expectation, etc., by increasing or decreasing the number of presentation elements of the same content executed a plurality of times. It can give change.

  Further, in the example 1 of the present embodiment, first, only the rendering element A, then the rendering element A and the rendering element B, and then the rendering element A, the rendering element B, and the rendering element C, etc. After it is determined that the occurrence condition of feeling notice is satisfied, the same content is executed a plurality of times in the period from the end of the game cycle (game time P04) related to the suspension information satisfying the occurrence condition of visible feeling notice. The number of effect elements is increased with the passage of time. Therefore, since the number of effect elements for which the player recognizes a sense of sight increases with the passage of time, the player's sense of expectation can be increased with the passage of time.

D. Fourth Embodiment:
Next, a fourth embodiment will be described. The difference between the present embodiment and the first embodiment is the contents of processing relating to the notice of a feeling of sight. In the following description, the notice of the sense of sight performed by the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment will be mainly described. Description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment is omitted. Hereinafter, specific processing in the present embodiment will be described.

  FIG. 42 is a time chart showing an example of a feeling of prior notice performed by the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment. In the first embodiment, the determination as to whether or not the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice on the basis of the hold information is satisfied is made before the hold information becomes the target of the jackpot lottery. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, as shown in the drawing, it is determined whether the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice on the basis of the hold information is satisfied, when the hold information becomes a jackpot lottery target. That is, it is determined whether or not the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice on the basis of the hold information is satisfied, and the jackpot lottery based on the hold information is performed immediately before the start of the game round P01 according to the hold information.

  Further, in the first embodiment, as an embodiment of the notice of the feeling of visual appearance, the execution of the rendering element of the same content is performed a plurality of times over a plurality of game times. On the other hand, in the present embodiment, as shown in the figure, as an aspect of the feeling of prior notice, effect element A, effect element B, and effect element C that can be executed a plurality of times in the display duration time of the game turn. The present invention is executed a plurality of times in one game cycle P01 related to the suspension information determined to satisfy the occurrence condition of the visual notice. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 executes the rendering element A four times, the rendering element B three times, and the rendering element C twice in the game play P01. More specifically, the effect elements to be executed a plurality of times are, first, only the effect element A, then the effect element A and the effect element B, and then the effect element A, the effect element B and the effect element C, etc. The number of effect elements of the same content to be executed a plurality of times is increased as time passes.

  The pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment executes, as in the first embodiment, the effect element A a plurality of times with the suggestion effect that suggests to the player that the effect element of the same content has been performed a plurality of times. Run later. Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 executes the battle effect and the effect effect (winning effect) after executing the suggestion effect. Then, after the end of the game times P01, the jackpot effect is executed.

  As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the effect element that can be executed a plurality of times in the display duration time of the game times in the at least one game time is made multiple times with the same content Since the execution is performed, the player can be given a sense of sight in one game cycle. Further, as in the first embodiment, the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, so that the player has a sense of deception (dejab) that the rendering element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times. Can be given. The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 executes the suggested effect suggesting to the player that the effect element having the same content has been performed a plurality of times, and executes the effect element having the same content a plurality of times. Do. Therefore, it is possible to make the player recognize that the rendering element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the game has a special meaning that the rendering element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times. Can be convinced by

  Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 in the present embodiment may not select the operation receiving effect element including the content suggesting the acceptance of the input operation of the effect operation button 24 by the player as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times. The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times. As a result, it may not be possible to give the player a sense of sight. The pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment does not select the operation receiving effect element as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times, so that the effect element having different contents is suppressed depending on the mode of the input operation by the player. It is possible to certainly give the player a sense of sight.

  The pachinko machine 10 in the present embodiment controls the number of effect elements of the same content that are executed a plurality of times. In the present embodiment, at first, the rendering element A is executed, the number of rendering elements having the same content is one, and then the game rendering B is executed, and the number of the rendering elements having the same content is two. The number of effect elements having the same content is three when the effect element C is executed. In the present embodiment, control is performed to increase the number of effect elements having the same content that is executed a plurality of times, but control to reduce the number may be performed. The pachinko machine 10 is to increase or decrease the player's sense of expectation, to give an expectation to the expectation, etc., by increasing or decreasing the number of presentation elements of the same content executed a plurality of times. It can give change.

  Also, in the present embodiment, the same process is performed a plurality of times, such as at first only the rendering element A, then the rendering element A and the rendering element B, and then the rendering element A, the rendering element B and the rendering element C, etc. The number of presentation elements of the content is increased with the passage of time. Therefore, since the number of effect elements for which the player recognizes a sense of sight increases with the passage of time, the player's sense of expectation can be increased with the passage of time.

E. Fifth embodiment:
Next, a sixth embodiment will be described. The difference between the present embodiment and the first embodiment is the contents of processing relating to the notice of a feeling of sight. In the following description, the notice of the sense of sight performed by the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment will be mainly described. Description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment is omitted.

  In the said embodiment, control of the display continuation time of each game time was not performed based on determination of whether to perform a feeling of prior notice. In the present embodiment, in the case of executing the feeling of prior notice, at least two of the times of the game before the game according to the holding information according to the hold information for which the condition of occurrence of the feeling of visible feeling is satisfied. Control is performed to ensure a display duration of a predetermined length. And in each game time where display continuation time of predetermined length is secured, an effect element of the same contents that can be executed within display continuation time of the secured predetermined length is executed. The details will be described below.

  FIG. 43 is an explanatory diagram for explaining an outline of processing executed in the main control device 60 and the sound emission control device 90 of the pachinko machine 10 in the present embodiment. In the present embodiment, the main control device 60 executes the processing content that the voice emission control device 90 has executed as the hold command handling processing in the first embodiment. In other words, main controller 60 executes the visual sensation notice occurrence lottery process. And, when winning the occurrence lottery of the feeling of prior notice, for example, when executing the feeling of prior notice using three game times, the feeling of watching for the display continuation time of the game times for three times Secure a predetermined length for the execution of the advance notice. Specifically, in the main control device 60, when determining the display continuation time of each of the three game times for executing the notice of visual appearance notice, the value of the fluctuation type counter CS related to each of the three game times, In the comparison with the display continuation time table stored in the display continuation time table storage area 63d of the ROM 63, the notice of notice of visual appearance previously stored in the display continuation time table storage area 63d as a display continuation time table used for collation Use the display duration table for

  The main control device 60 controls and determines the display duration time of the three game times to a length for execution of the notice of a feeling of sight, and then emits voice using information on the display duration time of each determined game time as a command It transmits to the control device 90. The sound emission control device 90 determines the effect elements of the same contents that can be executed, among the display durations of the respective game times for which the main control device 60 has secured a length for execution of the notice of the visible feeling. By doing this, it is possible to control the length of the display continuation time of the game times for the execution of the visual notice.

  As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the display continuation time of the predetermined length is secured for execution of the notice of the feeling of sight, and the display continuation time of the predetermined length is secured. Since the effect elements of the same content that can be executed in each game time are executed, the time required to execute the same effect element is prevented from running short in each game time, and the same content is surely in each game time Can be performed.

  In addition, as effect elements used for the notice of a feeling of visual appearance, a cut-in notice effect for displaying a predetermined image in front of a background image, an object notice effect for displaying a predetermined object image in front of a background image, a background image Background change notice effect that changes to a mode different from normal time, character notice effect effect that causes a predetermined character to execute a predetermined action, lamp emission effect that causes various lamps to emit light in a predetermined pattern, symbol row with a predetermined scroll pattern Symbol line variation effect to change the symbol, reach effect to change the remaining one symbol row in the state that two identical symbols are stopped on at least one effective line, and symbol stop to stop the combination of predetermined symbols A presentation etc. can be adopted. Since the player can be given a sense of sight by using various rendering elements, it is possible to make the player pay attention to whether or not the same content is executed multiple times for various rendering elements. .

  Furthermore, in the present embodiment, a suggestion effect that suggests to the player that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times as the notice of visual appearance is performed after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times Do. The player can be made to recognize that the rendering element with the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the player has a special meaning that the rendering element with the same content has been performed a plurality of times I can be convinced.

  Further, as in the first embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 may control the number of effect elements of the same content to be executed a plurality of times. By changing the number of effect elements of the same content executed a plurality of times, it is possible to change the player's sense of expectation, such as to increase or decrease the player's sense of expectation, to give an expectation to the expectation. it can.

  Furthermore, after it is determined that the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice has been met, the same content is executed a plurality of times during the period until the game round related to the hold information satisfying the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice ends. The number of elements may be increased as time passes. Since the number of effect elements for which the player recognizes a sense of sight increases with the passage of time, the player's expectation can be increased with the passage of time.

  Further, in the present embodiment, the display continuation time of each game cycle for executing the feeling of prior notice is determined first, and thereafter, the effect element to be executed as the feeling of previous notice based on the determined display continuation time is Although it has been decided, other processing forms can be adopted without being limited to such processing forms.

  For example, the presentation element to be executed as the prior notice may be determined first, and thereafter, the display duration of the executable length of the presentation element to be executed as the prior notice may be secured in each game session . As a specific process, for example, when the main control device 60 performs the visual sensation notice occurrence lottery processing and determines the execution of the visual sensation notice, an effect of the same content to be executed as the visual sensation notice first. Determine the elements. After that, the main control device 60 secures the display duration of the length that can execute the effect element of the same content as the notice of the feeling of visible feeling in each game session. Then, the main control device 60 transmits, to the sound emission control device 90, the display duration time of each game cycle for executing the visual notice and the content of the effect element to be executed as the visual notice.

  By adopting such a processing form, it is possible to secure the display continuation time of the length that can execute the rendering elements of the same content in each game round, so the time required to execute the same rendering elements It is possible to avoid running short in each game time, and to execute the same effect element in each game time.

F. Sixth embodiment:
Next, a sixth embodiment will be described. The difference between the present embodiment and the first embodiment is that the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment has a function of acquiring time information, and the processing content related to the notice of a feeling of visual appearance. In the following description, the notice of the sense of sight performed by the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment will be mainly described. Description of the same configuration as that of the first embodiment is omitted.

  The pachinko machine 10 in the present embodiment has a function of acquiring time information, and also has a function of executing a time interlocking rendering element which is a rendering element that is continuously executed with the passage of time based on the acquired time information. . In the present embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 includes an RTC module (RTC: Real Time Clock), and acquires time information from the RTC module. Note that acquisition of time information is not limited to acquisition from the RTC module, and for example, other methods that are technically possible to acquire time information, such as acquisition from outside the pachinko machine 10, may be adopted.

  Further, in the present description, among the effect elements executed by the pachinko machine 10, the effect element that is continuously executed with the passage of time based on time information is called “time interlocking effect element”, The effect element performed without is called "non-time interlocking effect element".

  FIG. 44 is a time chart showing an example of a feeling of prior notice performed by the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment. Further, FIG. 44 also shows a time-linked effect element executed by another pachinko machine of the same model as the pachinko machine 10 installed in the same game hall as the pachinko machine 10 for comparison.

  As illustrated, the pachinko machine 10 and the other pachinko machines start execution of the time-linked effect element at time T0. And, the pachinko machine 10 and the other pachinko machines continuously execute the time-linked effect element with the passage of time. In the present description, another pachinko machine executes a series of time-linked effect elements set in advance. For the convenience of explanation, in order to indicate the temporal position of a series of time-linked effect elements, in a series of time-linked effect elements executed by other pachinko machines, the temporal position as an index indicating the temporal position of time-linked effect elements TP1 to TP20 are illustrated. In addition, each time position shown in the figure is described in the form which abbreviate | omitted the code | symbol of "TP".

  As illustrated, in the pachinko machine 10, at the timing when the total reserved number CRN is 3, the gaming ball wins in the first starting opening 33, the total reserved number CRN becomes 4, and the suspension information related to the winning is visible It shows a case where the notice condition of occurrence of the feeling notice is satisfied and the notice of the feeling of sight is executed. That is, the game play P04 indicated as the fourth game play is the game play relating to the suspension information that satisfies the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice.

  The pachinko machine 10 stores, as a specific temporal position, the temporal position TP of the time-linked effect element that is being executed at the timing when the game turn P01 is started after it is determined that the occurrence condition of the feeling of prior notice has been met. . In the example shown in FIG. 44, the pachinko machine 10 stores the temporal position TP3 of the time-linked effect element as a specific temporal position. And, the pachinko machine 10 is the game time where execution is started after it decides that the occurrence condition of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied, and it is the game time P04 or earlier concerning the suspension information that decides that the condition of occurrence of the feeling of previous notice is satisfied. The game interlocked with the time interlocking effect element is triggered by the timing of starting each game turn of the game turn P01 which is the game turn of the game turn P01, the game turn P02, the game turn P03 and the game turn P04 The target position TP3 is executed as the start position.

  Furthermore, as shown in the figure, when the pachinko machine 10 determines that the occurrence condition of the notice of a feeling of sight notice is satisfied and the non-time interlocking rendering element is executed together with the time interlocking rendering element, the time interlocking The rendering element and the non-time interlocking rendering element are executed a plurality of times. Then, after the pachinko machine 10 executes the rendering elements (time-cooperative rendering element and non-time-cooperating rendering element) a plurality of times, the pachinko machine 10 executes a suggested rendering that suggests to the player that the same rendering element has been executed a plurality of times. Do. Then, after the suggestion effect is performed, the battle effect and the effect effect (winning effect) are performed.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 can control the number of non-time-locked effect elements executed a plurality of times. In this embodiment, the non-time interlocking effect element executed a plurality of times is only the non-time interlocking effect element A in the game time P01, the non-time interlocking effect element A and the non-time interlocking effect element B in the game time P02, the game time P03 Then, like non-time interlocking effect element A, non-time interlocking effect element B and non-time interlocking effect element C, and even game time P04, non time interlocking effect element A, non time interlocking effect element B and non time interlocking effect element C, etc. The number of non-time-locked effect elements of the same content to be executed a plurality of times is increased with the passage of time.

  As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the time-linked effect element executed in at least a part of the period is executed a plurality of times, so the effect with a new interest is given to the player Can be provided. In addition, since the time-linked effect element performed in at least a part of the period is executed a plurality of times, the player feels that the time-linked effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times (dejab) Can be given. The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given.

  Furthermore, when the player experiences that a benefit is given after the time-linked effect element has been executed a plurality of times, the time-linked effect element is executed in anticipation of the time effect element being performed a plurality of times. Always come to pay attention to the time-linked production elements with a high sense of expectation at all times. Therefore, it is possible to make the player pay attention to whether or not the time-linked effect element is executed a plurality of times, and to suitably increase the player's attention to the time-linked effect element executed based on the time information. The interest of the game can be improved.

  In addition, as in the case of the other pachinko machine shown in FIG. 44, when a plurality of pachinko machines having the same features as pachinko machine 10 are installed in the game hall, pachinko machines that satisfy the condition of occurrence of the prior notice. Time difference in time interlocking effect elements to be executed between the machine 10 and a pachinko machine which does not satisfy the condition of occurrence of a feeling of prior notice, even when the same time interlocking effect is started from the same time T0 ( Deviation) occurs. As a result, in addition to the player of the pachinko machine 10, the players of the surrounding pachinko machines also recognize that the visual sensation notice has occurred in the pachinko machine 10. Therefore, it is possible to give a sense of superiority to a player who is playing a game with the pachinko machine 10 that satisfies the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice.

  In addition, since the pachinko machine 10 executes the time-linked effect element whose starting position is the temporal position TP3 which is a specific temporal position, in each of the gaming rounds P01 to P04, the player is presented to the player A strong sense of sight can be recognized with respect to a portion after the temporal position TP3 which is a specific temporal position of the time-linked effect element. Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 plays a stronger sense of vision by synchronizing the timing of the start of the time-linked effect element executed a plurality of times with the timing of the start of each game cycle (game cycle P01 to game cycle P04). Can be given to

  In addition, if it is assumed that the start position of the time-linked effect element, which is triggered by the start timing of each game cycle, is determined in advance as the processing of the feeling of visual appearance notice, even among the time-linked effect elements From the temporal position which has not been performed, there may be a notice of a feeling of sight using a time-linked effect element. For example, when it is set that the time interlocking rendering element is executed from a specific temporal position "TP10" every time triggered by the timing of start of each game time of game times P01 to game times P04, game time P01 The time-linked effect element which has been executed as a continuous series of flows (temporal positions TP1 to TP2) until the first game cycle P01 of the game cycles P04 is started is the start of the first game cycle P01 As a result, the time-linked effect element is started and executed from a specific temporal position TP10 which has not been executed even once. Also, the temporal positions TP3 to TP9 are not executed.

  On the other hand, the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment is executed at the timing when the game cycle P01, which is started after the process of determining that the game cycle P04 satisfies the occurrence condition of the visual notice, is started. The temporal position TP3 of the time interlocking rendering element is stored as a specific temporal position, and the stored specific temporal position TP3 is executed for a second time or more of a plurality of times (game times P02 to game times P04) Since the start position of the time-linked effect element is used, the second or later of the time-linked effect element that is executed a plurality of times from once executed as a continuous series of flow (temporal positions TP1 to TP5) of the time-linked effect element The temporal position TP3 can be set as the start position of. Therefore, the time-linked effect element that has been executed as a continuous series of flows (temporal positions TP1 to TP2) until the first game cycle 01 of the game cycle P01 to game cycle P04 is started is the first. It is possible to avoid sudden interruption at the timing of the start of the game play P01, and to avoid the start and execution of the time-linked effect element from a specific temporal position TP10 which has not been executed even once. In addition, all parts (temporal positions TP1 to TP20) of the time-linked effect element will be executed, enabling the player to experience all parts of the time-linked effect element.

  Furthermore, since the pachinko machine 10 executes the non-time interlocking rendering element a plurality of times in addition to the time interlocking rendering element, the player can be given a stronger sense of sight. In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in the present embodiment can control the number of non-time interlocking effect elements executed a plurality of times. Therefore, by changing the number of non-time-linked effect elements to be executed a plurality of times, it is possible to change the player's sense of expectation, such as increasing or decreasing the player's sense of expectation or giving an impression on the feeling of expectation. Can. In the pachinko machine 10, since the number of non-time interlocking effect elements increases with the passage of time, the player's sense of expectation can be increased with the passage of time.

  The pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment may not select an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation of the effect operation button 24 by the player as a non-time interlocking effect element to be executed a plurality of times. The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times. As a result, it may not be possible to give the player a sense of sight. The pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment does not select the operation receiving effect element as the non-time interlocking effect element to be executed a plurality of times, so that the effect element having different contents is suppressed depending on the mode of the input operation by the player. can do. In addition, since the pachinko machine 10 executes the suggestive effect, the player can be made to recognize that the effect element (time interlocking effect element, non time interlocking effect element) of the same content has been executed a plurality of times. In addition, the player can be convinced that the rendering element having the same content has a special meaning in that it is executed a plurality of times.

G. Seventh embodiment:
The pachinko machine 10 according to the first to sixth embodiments is configured not to select the operation reception effect element as the presentation element for the feeling of visible notice, but the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment provides the notice There is a configuration in which a button effect which is one of the operation acceptance effect elements may be selected as an effect element for the purpose. In the following, a description will be given of the case where the occurrence condition of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied, and the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect as the effect element for the feeling of prior notice and executes the button effect a plurality of times.

<Example 1 of notice of feeling of visual appearance using button effect>
FIG. 45 is a flow chart showing a flow in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect XA as the effect element for the notice of the existing feeling notice and executes the button effect XA twice. FIG. 46 is an explanatory view showing the contents of effect modes XA1 and XA2 and a suggested effect F executed in the button effect XA.

  When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment starts executing the button effect XA for the first time, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect aspect XA1 including content that suggests pressing of the effect operation button 24 to the player (S2701). In the example shown in FIG. 46, the effect aspect XA1 is an effect aspect which displays an image of a treasure box and displays characters and an image prompting the user to depress the effect operation button 24. However, the effect aspect XA1 may be another aspect.

  After the effect mode XA1 is executed, if the effect operation button 24 is pressed within a predetermined time (S2702: YES), the effect mode XA1 and the process are triggered by the pressing of the effect operation button 24. Execute a different presentation mode XA2 (S2703). In the example shown in FIG. 46, the effect mode XA2 is an effect mode in which a female character appears from the treasure box. However, the effect aspect XA2 may be another aspect. On the other hand, when the rendering operation button 24 is not pressed within the predetermined time (S2702: NO), the rendering mode XA2 is not executed while the rendering mode XA1 is being executed.

  When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment starts executing the second button effect XA, it executes the effect aspect XA1 as in the case of the first button effect XA (S2704 or S2707). Then, when the effect mode XA2 is executed when the first button effect XA is executed, after the effect mode XA1 is executed (S2704), there is no case where the effect operation button 24 is pressed. In either case (S2705), the effect aspect XA2 is executed (S2706). Specifically, when the effect operation button 24 is pressed within the predetermined time (S2705: YES), the effect mode XA2 is executed triggered by the pressing of the effect operation button 24 ((S2705: YES)) S2706). On the other hand, when the rendering operation button 24 is not pressed within the predetermined time (S2705: NO), the rendering mode XA2 is executed when the predetermined time has elapsed (S2706).

  On the other hand, when the presentation mode XA2 was not executed when the first button presentation was executed, there were cases where the presentation operation button 24 was pressed after the presentation mode XA1 was executed (S2707) In any of the cases (S2708), the rendering mode XA2 is not executed while the rendering mode XA1 is executed.

  When the second button effect XA ends, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment suggests to the player that the button effect XA of the same content has been executed a plurality of times (two times in the above example). The effect F is executed (S2709). In the example shown in FIG. 46, the suggestive effect F is an effect in which a female character throws a message such as “Might, Deja !?” to the player. However, the suggestion effect F may be another aspect. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 executes other effects such as the battle effect described above.

  When the button effect XA is executed three or more times, the same control as when the second button effect XA is executed is repeatedly performed, and the suggested effect F is executed after the end of the last button effect XA. Good.

  As described above, when the button effect is executed a plurality of times, it is executed with different contents depending on the operation mode of the input operation by the player (for example, the presence or absence of depression of the effect operation button 24, timing, the number of times of pressing, etc.) May be When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment executes the button effect XA a plurality of times as the effect element for the prior notice of the visual sensation, when the effect mode XA2 is executed in the first button effect XA, the input by the player Regardless of the operation mode of the operation, when the effect mode XA2 is executed in the second or subsequent button effect XA, and the effect mode X like A2 is not executed in the first button effect XA, the input by the player Regardless of the operation mode of the operation, the effect mode XA2 is not executed in the second and subsequent button effects XA. Therefore, even when the button effect XA is executed a plurality of times, the contents of the button effect XA to be executed for the first time and the second time or later can be made the same. Then, as in the above-described embodiment, it is possible to give the player a sense of deception (dejav) that the button effect XA of the same content has been executed a plurality of times.

  The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, since the suggestion effect F is executed, it is possible to allow the player to recognize that the button effect XA of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the same. It is possible to convince the player that the button effect XA of the content has a special meaning in being executed a plurality of times. However, it is not essential to execute the suggestion effect F, and the pachinko machine 10 may be configured not to execute the suggestion effect F.

  Further, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the player presses the effect operation button 24 within a predetermined time, the effect mode XA2 is triggered by the pressing of the effect operation button 24. Since the execution is performed, the player can be actively involved in the button effect XA, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game. Further, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, even when the player does not press the rendering operation button 24 within the predetermined time, the rendering mode XA2 is executed when the predetermined time has elapsed. can do. Furthermore, even when the player does not press the rendering operation button 24 within a predetermined time, the rendering aspect XA2 is executed, so that unexpectedness can be given to the game, and the interest of the game can be improved. Can. However, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured to execute the effect mode XA2 at a predetermined timing without being triggered by the depression of the effect operation button 24 or the elapse of a predetermined time.

  Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment selects the button effect XA as the presentation element for the notice of the visual acuity, and the button effect XA is performed a plurality of times in the case where the generation condition of the visual acuity notice is satisfied. In the case of execution, the time parameter indicating whether or not the depression of the rendering operation button 24 is accepted is not displayed. The reason will be described. The player may press the effect operation button 24 at different timings in each of the button effects executed a plurality of times. Here, if the time parameter is temporarily displayed, the player recognizes that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed at different timings in each of the button effects performed a plurality of times, and the button effect is performed with the same content. Even if the button is executed a plurality of times, there is a possibility that the player may not feel a sense of sight for the button effect performed a plurality of times. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the time parameter is not displayed when the button effect is performed a plurality of times as the effect element for the visual sense notice, and it is difficult for the player to feel the visual appearance. It is possible to suppress the However, in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect as the effect element for the visual acuity notice and executes the button a plurality of times, the pachinko machine 10 is in a case where the generation condition of the visual acuity notice is satisfied. Parameters may be displayed.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment determines whether or not the occurrence condition of the prior notice of the feeling of sighting is satisfied before the hold information becomes a target of the big hit lottery, and the occurrence of the feeling of prior notice When it is determined that the condition is satisfied, the button effect XA that is an object to be executed a plurality of times before the hold information determined to satisfy the occurrence condition of the prior notice of the feeling of sighting is a target of the big hit lottery Start running. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation for a sense of visual appearance over a plurality of game times. However, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied when the on-hold information becomes the target of the big hit lottery, and the button effect is produced in one game round related to the on-hold information. It may be configured to execute XA multiple times.

  The pachinko machine 10 may include changing means for changing the mode of the rendering operation button 24 to the mode (that is, the mode in which it is depressed by pressing) when the button is pressed. Then, the change means is pressed when the effect operation button 24 is not pressed (S2705: NO) and the effect mode XA2 is executed (S2706) and the effect operation button 24 is pressed. It may be changed to the aspect in the case. If such a changing means is provided, the aspect of the effect operation button 24 changes, so that it is possible to impart unexpectedness to the game, and the effect aspect XA2 is in spite of the fact that the effect operation button 24 is not pressed. It can be persuasive to be implemented. The changing means can be realized, for example, by providing an actuator such as a solenoid or a motor inside the effect operation button 24.

  In the present embodiment, control of the effect mode executed in the button effect XA is executed based on the presence or absence of depression of the effect operation button 24. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the effect operation button 24 The control of the effect mode executed in the button effect XA may be executed based on whether or not the operation mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24 satisfies a predetermined operation condition, such as the time and the number of times pressed. .

  Further, in the above example, the presentation operation button 24 is described as an example of the operation receiving means for receiving the input operation by the player, but the operation receiving means is not limited to this. For example, as the operation receiving means, a stick or a lever operated by the player back and forth or right and left, a button detecting a hand held by the player, a touch sensor detecting a hand approaching a liquid crystal screen, etc. Can. Hereinafter, an example of the process of the button effect XA will be described.

  FIG. 47 is a flow chart showing an example of processing when the button effect XA is executed as an effect element (notice effect effect) for a feeling of prior notice. In step S2801, it is determined whether an initial execution completion flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94 or not. In the first execution completed flag, after the visual sensation notice flag is stored, that is, after the generation condition of the visual sensation notice is satisfied, the notice effect (button effect XA) for visual sense notice is already executed once. This is a flag for specifying in the sound light side MPU 92 whether or not it is completed.

  If it is determined in step S2801 that the initial execution completion flag is not stored (S2801: NO), that is, if the button effect XA has not been executed even once after the visual appearance notice flag is stored. Then, the process proceeds to step S2802, and the above-described effect aspect XA1 is executed on the symbol display device 41 as the effect execution means, the speaker 46 and the various lamps 47. The effect mode XA1 includes content that suggests the player to press the effect operation button 24. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2803.

  In step S2803, it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. If it is determined in step S2803 that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed (S2803: YES), the process proceeds to step S2804, and the symbol display device 41 as the effect executing means, the speaker 46 and various lamps 47 are described above. The presentation mode XA2 is executed. After step S2804 is executed, the process proceeds to step S2805, and the button pressing flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94. The button pressing flag is a flag for specifying in the sound light side MPU 92 that pressing of the effect operation button 24 has been performed when the first button effect XA is executed. After executing step S2805, the process proceeds to step S2807.

  If it is determined in step S2803 that the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed (S2803: NO), the process proceeds to step S2806, and it is determined whether a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S2806 that the predetermined time has not elapsed (S2806: NO), the process returns to step S2803 to determine whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. That is, the presence or absence of depression of the rendering operation button 24 is monitored until a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S2806 that the predetermined time has elapsed (S2806: YES), that is, if there is no depression of the rendering operation button 24 within the predetermined time, step S2804 and step S2805 are not executed. Go to S2807.

  In step S2807, the flag of the first execution is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94, and then the first button effect XA is ended.

  If it is determined in step S2801 that the initial execution completion flag is stored (S2801: YES), that is, if the button effect XA has already been executed at least once after the visual appearance notice flag is stored. The process proceeds to step S2808, and causes the symbol display device 41 as the effect execution means, the speaker 46, and the various lamps 47 to execute the effect aspect XA1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S2809.

  In step S2809, it is determined whether the button pressing flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94 or not. In step S2809, when it is determined that the button pressing flag is not stored (S2809: NO), that is, when the first button effect XA is executed, there is no pressing of the rendering operation button 24. The process proceeds to step S 2810, stands by until a predetermined time passes, and after the predetermined time passes, the second and subsequent button effects XA are ended without executing the effect mode XA 2 (step S 2812).

  In step S2809, when it is determined that the button pressing flag is stored (S2809: YES), that is, when the first button effect XA is executed, the effect operation button 24 is pressed. In step S2811, it is determined whether the effect operation button 24 has been pressed in the button effect XA being executed this time.

  If it is determined in step S2811 that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed (S2811: YES), the process proceeds to step S2812, and the symbol display device 41 as the effect executing means, the speaker 46 and the various lamps 47 effect aspect XA2 Is executed, the second and subsequent button effects XA are ended.

  If it is determined in step S2811 that the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed (S2811: NO), the process proceeds to step S2813, and it is determined whether a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S2813 that the predetermined time has not elapsed (S2813: NO), the process returns to step S2811, and it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. That is, the presence or absence of depression of the rendering operation button 24 is monitored until a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S2813 that the predetermined time has elapsed (S2813: YES), that is, if the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed within the predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S2812, and symbol display as effect execution means After causing the apparatus 41, the speaker 46 and the various lamps 47 to execute the effect mode XA2, the second and subsequent button effects XA are ended.

  According to the above process, the button effect XA can be executed multiple times with the same content regardless of the operation mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24. The processing described above is an example, and the processing of the button effect XA may be realized by another algorithm.

<Example 2 of notice of feeling of visual appearance using button effect>
FIG. 48 is a flow chart showing a flow in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect XB as the effect element for the notice of the existing feeling notice and executes the button effect XB twice. FIG. 49 is an explanatory view showing the contents of effect modes XB1, XB2, XB3 and a suggested effect F executed in the button effect XB.

  When the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment starts executing the first button effect XB, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect mode XB1 including content that suggests pressing of the effect operation button 24 to the player (S2901). In the example shown in FIG. 49, the effect mode XB1 is an effect mode that displays an image of a treasure box and displays characters and an image prompting the user to press the effect operation button 24. However, the effect aspect XB1 may be another aspect.

  After the effect mode XB1 is executed, if the effect operation button 24 is pressed within a predetermined time (S2902: YES), the effect mode XB1 and the process are triggered when the effect operation button 24 is pressed. Execute a different presentation mode XB2 (S2903). In the example shown in FIG. 49, the effect mode XB2 is an effect mode in which a female character appears from the treasure box. However, the effect aspect XB2 may be another aspect. On the other hand, when there is no depression of the rendering operation button 24 within the predetermined time (S 2902: NO), the rendering mode XB 3 different from the rendering mode XB 1 and the rendering mode XB 2 is executed with the lapse of the predetermined time (S 2907) . In the example shown in FIG. 49, the effect aspect XB3 is an effect aspect in which the fish character carries away the treasure box. However, the effect aspect XB3 may be another aspect.

  When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment starts executing the second button effect XB, it executes the effect aspect XB1 as in the case of the first button effect XB (S2904 or S2908). Then, when the effect mode XB2 is executed when the first button effect XB is executed, after the effect mode XB1 is executed (S2904), there is no case where the effect operation button 24 is pressed. In either case (S2905), the effect aspect XB2 is executed (S2906). Specifically, when the effect operation button 24 is pressed within the predetermined time (S2905: YES), the effect mode XB2 is executed triggered by the pressing of the effect operation button 24 ((S2905: YES) S2906). On the other hand, when the rendering operation button 24 is not pressed within the predetermined time (S2905: NO), the rendering mode XB2 is executed when the predetermined time has elapsed (S2906).

  On the other hand, when the presentation mode XB3 is executed when the first button presentation XB is executed, there is no case where the presentation operation button 24 is pressed after the presentation mode XB1 is executed (S2908) In either case (S2909), the effect aspect XB3 is executed (S2910). Specifically, when the effect operation button 24 is pressed within the predetermined time (S2909: YES), the effect mode XB3 is executed with the pressing of the effect operation button 24 as a trigger ( S2910). On the other hand, when the effect operation button 24 is not pressed within the predetermined time (S2909: NO), the effect aspect XB3 is executed when the predetermined time has elapsed (S2910).

  When the second button effect XB ends, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment suggests to the player that the button effect XB of the same content has been executed a plurality of times (two times in the above example). The effect F is executed (S2911). In the example shown in FIG. 49, the suggestive effect F is an effect in which a female character throws a message such as “Hey, dejave !?” to the player. However, the suggestion effect F may be another aspect. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 executes other effects such as the battle effect described above.

  When the button effect XB is executed three or more times, the same control as when the second button effect XB is executed is repeatedly executed, and the suggested effect F is executed after the end of the last button effect XB. Good.

  As described above, when the button effect is executed a plurality of times, it is executed with different contents depending on the operation mode of the input operation by the player (for example, the presence or absence of depression of the effect operation button 24, timing, the number of times of pressing, etc.) May be When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment executes the button effect XB a plurality of times as the effect element for the prior notice of the visual sensation, when the effect mode XB2 is executed in the first button effect XB, the input by the player Regardless of the operation mode of the operation, when the effect mode XB2 is executed in the second and subsequent button effects XB, and the effect mode XB3 is executed in the first button effect XB, the operation mode of the input operation by the player Regardless of, the effect mode XB3 is executed in the second and subsequent button effects XB. Therefore, even when the button effect XB is executed a plurality of times, the contents of the button effect XB to be executed for the first time and the second time or later can be made the same. Then, as in the above-described embodiment, it is possible to give the player a sense of deception (dejav) that the button effect XB of the same content has been executed a plurality of times.

  The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, since the suggestion effect F is executed, it is possible to allow the player to recognize that the button effect XB of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the same. It is possible to convince the player that there is a special meaning to the fact that the button effect XB of the content is executed a plurality of times. However, it is not essential to execute the suggestion effect F, and the pachinko machine 10 may be configured not to execute the suggestion effect F.

  Further, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the player presses the effect operation button 24 within the predetermined time, the effect of the effect operation button 24 is taken as a trigger for the effect aspect XB2 or Since the effect aspect XB3 is executed, the player can be actively involved in the button effect XB, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game. Further, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, even when the player does not press the rendering operation button 24 within the predetermined time, the rendering aspect XB2 or the rendering is triggered by the passage of the predetermined time. Aspect XB3 can be implemented. Furthermore, even if the player does not press the rendering operation button 24 within a predetermined time, the rendering mode XB2 or the rendering mode XB3 is executed, so that unexpectedness can be given to the game, and the game is entertaining It can improve. However, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured to execute the rendering mode XB2 or the rendering mode XB3 at a predetermined timing without being triggered by the depression of the rendering operation button 24 or the elapse of a predetermined time.

  Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment selects the button effect XB as an effect element for the notice of the visual acuity, when the generation condition of the visual acuity notice is satisfied. In the case of execution, the time parameter indicating whether or not the depression of the rendering operation button 24 is accepted is not displayed. The reason will be described. The player may press the effect operation button 24 at different timings in each of the button effects executed a plurality of times. Here, if the time parameter is temporarily displayed, the player recognizes that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed at different timings in each of the button effects performed a plurality of times, and the button effect is performed with the same content. Even if the button is executed a plurality of times, there is a possibility that the player may not feel a sense of sight for the button effect performed a plurality of times. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the time parameter is not displayed when the button effect is performed a plurality of times as the effect element for the visual sense notice, and it is difficult for the player to feel the visual appearance. It is possible to suppress the However, in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect as the effect element for the visual acuity notice and executes the button a plurality of times, the pachinko machine 10 is in a case where the generation condition of the visual acuity notice is satisfied. Parameters may be displayed.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment determines whether or not the occurrence condition of the prior notice of the feeling of sighting is satisfied before the hold information becomes a target of the big hit lottery, and the occurrence of the feeling of prior notice When it is determined that the condition is satisfied, the button effect XB which is an object to be executed a plurality of times before the hold information determined to satisfy the occurrence condition of the prior notice of the feeling of sighting is a target of the big hit lottery Start running. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation for a sense of visual appearance over a plurality of game times. However, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied when the on-hold information becomes the target of the big hit lottery, and the button effect is produced in one game round related to the on-hold information. The configuration may be such that XB is executed multiple times.

  The pachinko machine 10 may include changing means for changing the mode of the rendering operation button 24 to the mode (that is, the mode in which it is depressed by pressing) when the button is pressed. Then, the change unit is pressed when the effect operation button 24 is not pressed (S2905: NO) and the effect mode XB2 is executed (S2906) and the effect operation button 24 is pressed. It may be changed to the aspect in the case. If such a change means is provided, the aspect of the effect operation button 24 changes, so that it is possible to impart unexpectedness to the game, and the effect aspect XB2 is in spite of the fact that the effect operation button 24 is not pressed. It can be persuasive to be implemented. The changing means can be realized, for example, by providing an actuator such as a solenoid or a motor inside the effect operation button 24.

  In the present embodiment, control of the effect mode executed in the button effect XB is executed based on the presence or absence of depression of the effect operation button 24. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the effect operation button 24 Control of the effect mode to be executed in the button effect XB may be executed based on whether or not the operation mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24 satisfies a predetermined operation condition, such as the time and the number of times pressed. .

  Further, in the above example, the presentation operation button 24 is described as an example of the operation receiving means for receiving the input operation by the player, but the operation receiving means is not limited to this. For example, as the operation receiving means, a stick or a lever operated by the player back and forth or right and left, a button detecting a hand held by the player, a touch sensor detecting a hand approaching a liquid crystal screen, etc. Can. Hereinafter, an example of the process of the button effect XB will be described.

  FIG. 50 is a flow chart showing an example of processing when the button effect XB is executed as an effect element (notice effect effect) for a feeling of prior notice. In step S3001, it is determined whether the first execution completion flag is stored in the sound light side RAM 94 or not. If it is determined in step S3001 that the initial execution completion flag is not stored (S3001: NO), that is, if the button effect XB has not been executed even once after the visual appearance notice flag is stored. The process proceeds to step S3002, and the above-described effect aspect XB1 is executed on the symbol display device 41 as the effect execution means, the speaker 46 and the various lamps 47. The effect mode XB1 includes content that suggests the player to press the effect operation button 24. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3003.

  In step S3003, it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. If it is determined in step S3003 that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed (S3003: YES), the process proceeds to step S3004, and the symbol display device 41 as the effect executing means, the speaker 46 and various lamps 47 are described above. The presentation mode XB2 is executed. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3005, and the button pressing flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94.

  If it is determined in step S3003 that the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed (S3003: NO), the process proceeds to step S3006, and it is determined whether a predetermined time has elapsed. In step S3006, when it is determined that the predetermined time has not elapsed (S3006: NO), the process returns to step S3003, and it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. That is, the presence or absence of depression of the rendering operation button 24 is monitored until a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S3006 that the predetermined time has elapsed (S3006: YES), that is, if the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed within the predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S3007, and symbol display as effect execution means The apparatus 41, the speaker 46, and the various lamps 47 execute the above-described effect aspect XB3. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3008.

  In step S3008, the flag of the first execution is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94, and then the first button effect XB is ended.

  If it is determined in step S3001 that the initial execution completion flag is stored (S3001: YES), that is, if the button effect XB has already been executed at least once after the visual appearance notice flag is stored. The process advances to step S3009 to cause the symbol display device 41 as the effect execution means, the speaker 46, and the various lamps 47 to execute the effect aspect XB1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3010.

  In step S3010, it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. If it is determined in step S3010 that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed (S3010: YES), the process proceeds to step S3012. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S3010 that the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed (S3010: NO), the process proceeds to step S3011, and it is determined whether a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S3011 that the predetermined time has not elapsed (S3011: NO), the process returns to step S3010, and it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. That is, the presence or absence of depression of the rendering operation button 24 is monitored until a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S3011 that the predetermined time has elapsed (S3011: YES), that is, if the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed within the predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S3012.

  In step S3012, it is determined whether a button press flag is stored. If it is determined in step S3012 that the button pressing flag is stored (S3012: YES), the process proceeds to step S3013, and the symbol display device 41 as the effect executing means, the speaker 46, and the various lamps 47 After the execution, the second and subsequent button effects XB are ended. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S3012 that the button pressing flag is not stored (S3012: NO), the process proceeds to step S3014, and the display mode is applied to the symbol display device 41 as the effect executing means, the speaker 46 and various lamps 47. After XB3 is executed, the second and subsequent button effects XB are ended.

  According to the above process, the button effect XB can be executed multiple times with the same content regardless of the operation mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24. The process described above is an example, and the process of the button effect XB may be realized by another algorithm.

<Example 3 of notice of feeling of visual appearance using button effect>
FIG. 51 is a flow chart showing a flow in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect XC as an effect element for anticipation of an existing feeling notice and executes the button effect XC twice. FIG. 52 is an explanatory view showing the contents of effect modes XC1 and XC2 and a suggested effect F executed in the button effect XC.

  When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment starts executing the button effect XC for the first time, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect mode XC1 including content that suggests pressing of the effect operation button 24 to the player (S3101). In the example shown in FIG. 52, the effect aspect XC1 is an effect aspect which displays an image of a treasure box and also displays characters and an image prompting the depression of the effect operation button 24. However, the effect aspect XC1 may be another aspect.

  After the effect mode XC1 is executed, the effect mode XC2 different from the effect mode XC1 is executed (S3103) regardless of whether or not the effect operation button 24 is pressed (S3102). . Specifically, when the effect operation button 24 is pressed within the predetermined time (S3102: YES), the effect mode XC2 is executed triggered by the pressing of the effect operation button 24 ((S3102: YES)) S3103). In the example shown in FIG. 52, the effect mode XC2 is an effect mode in which a female character appears from the treasure box. However, the effect aspect XC2 may be another aspect. On the other hand, when the rendering operation button 24 is not pressed within the predetermined time (S3102: NO), the rendering mode XC2 is executed when the predetermined time has elapsed (S3103).

  When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment starts executing the second button effect XC, it executes the effect aspect XC1 as in the case of the first button effect XC (S3104). After the effect mode XC1 is executed, the effect mode XC2 is executed (S3106) regardless of whether or not the effect operation button 24 is pressed (S3105). Specifically, when the effect operation button 24 is pressed within the predetermined time (S3105: YES), the effect mode XC2 is executed with the pressing of the effect operation button 24 as a trigger ( S3106). On the other hand, when the rendering operation button 24 is not pressed within the predetermined time (S3105: NO), the rendering mode XC2 is executed when the predetermined time has elapsed (S3106).

  When the second button effect XC ends, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment suggests to the player that the button effect XC having the same content is executed a plurality of times (two times in the above example). The effect F is executed (S3107). In the example shown in FIG. 52, the suggestive effect F is an effect in which a female character throws a message such as “Might, Deja !?” to the player. However, the suggestion effect F may be another aspect. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 executes other effects such as the battle effect described above.

  When the button effect XC is performed three or more times, the same control as when the first and second button effect XCs are performed is repeatedly performed, and the suggestion effect F is performed after the end of the last button effect XC. You just have to do it.

  As described above, when the button effect is executed a plurality of times, it is executed with different contents depending on the operation mode of the input operation by the player (for example, the presence or absence of depression of the effect operation button 24, timing, the number of times of pressing, etc.) May be The pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment performs the input operation by the player after executing the effect aspect XC 1 similarly, when performing the button effect XC for the first time, and when performing the button effect XC for the second time or later. Regardless of the operation mode of, the presentation mode XC2 is executed. Therefore, even when the button effect XC is executed a plurality of times, the contents of the button effect XC to be executed for the first time and the second time or later can be made the same. Then, as in the above-described embodiment, it is possible to give the player a sense of deception (dejav) that the button effect XC having the same content has been executed a plurality of times.

  The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, since the suggestion effect F is executed, it is possible to allow the player to recognize that the button effect XC of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the same. It is possible to convince the player that the button effect XC of the content has a special meaning in being executed a plurality of times. However, it is not essential to execute the suggestion effect F, and the pachinko machine 10 may be configured not to execute the suggestion effect F.

  Further, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the player presses the effect operation button 24 within a predetermined time, the effect mode XC 2 is triggered by the pressing of the effect operation button 24. Since the execution is performed, the player can be actively involved in the button effect XC, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game. Further, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, even when the player does not press the effect operation button 24 within the predetermined time, the effect mode XC2 is executed when the predetermined time has elapsed. can do. Furthermore, even when the player does not press the rendering operation button 24 within the predetermined time, the rendering aspect XC 2 is executed, so that unexpectedness can be given to the game, and the interest of the game can be improved. Can. However, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured to execute the effect mode XC2 at a predetermined timing without being triggered by the depression of the effect operation button 24 or the elapse of a predetermined time.

  Furthermore, in the first button effect XC, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment forcibly executes the effect mode XC2 even if the player does not press the effect operation button 24 within a predetermined time. Therefore, a player who knows this mechanism is expected to forcibly perform the effect mode XC2 without intentionally depressing the effect operation button 24 when the first button effect XC is executed. It will be done. In addition, in the case of the pachinko machine 10 in which the button effect XA and the button effect XB can be executed in addition to the button effect XC, the effect mode XC2 is not forcibly executed in the first button effect. Even if there is, the player recognizes that the currently-performed button effect is not the button effect XC, but the possibility of the button effect XA described above or the possibility of the button effect XB being left. It will be expected that the possibility that presentation F will be carried out remains. Therefore, the player can play games with expectation for the second and subsequent button effects.

  Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment selects the button effect XC as a presentation element for the notice of the visual acuity, when the generation condition of the visual acuity notice is satisfied, and selects the button graphic XC a plurality of times. In the case of execution, the time parameter indicating whether or not the depression of the rendering operation button 24 is accepted is not displayed. The reason will be described. The player may press the effect operation button 24 at different timings in each of the button effects executed a plurality of times. Here, if the time parameter is temporarily displayed, the player recognizes that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed at different timings in each of the button effects performed a plurality of times, and the button effect is performed with the same content. Even if the button is executed a plurality of times, there is a possibility that the player may not feel a sense of sight for the button effect performed a plurality of times. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the time parameter is not displayed when the button effect is performed a plurality of times as the effect element for the visual sense notice, and it is difficult for the player to feel the visual appearance. It is possible to suppress the However, in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect as the effect element for the visual acuity notice and executes the button a plurality of times, the pachinko machine 10 is in a case where the generation condition of the visual acuity notice is satisfied. Parameters may be displayed.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment determines whether or not the occurrence condition of the prior notice of the feeling of sighting is satisfied before the hold information becomes a target of the big hit lottery, and the occurrence of the feeling of prior notice When it is determined that the condition is satisfied, the button effect XC which is an object to be executed a plurality of times before the hold information determined to satisfy the occurrence condition of the prior notice of the feeling of sighting is a target of the big hit lottery Start running. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation for a sense of visual appearance over a plurality of game times. However, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied when the on-hold information becomes the target of the big hit lottery, and the button effect is produced in one game round related to the on-hold information. It may be configured to execute XC multiple times.

  The pachinko machine 10 may include changing means for changing the mode of the rendering operation button 24 to the mode (that is, the mode in which it is depressed by pressing) when the button is pressed. Then, the change unit is pressed when there is no pressing of the rendering operation button 24 (S3105: NO) and the rendering mode XC2 is executed (S3106), the pressing of the mode of the rendering operation button 24 It may be changed to the aspect in the case. If such a change means is provided, the aspect of the effect operation button 24 changes, so it is possible to impart unexpectedness to the game, and the effect aspect XC2 is in spite of the fact that the effect operation button 24 is not pressed. It can be persuasive to be implemented. The changing means can be realized, for example, by providing an actuator such as a solenoid or a motor inside the effect operation button 24.

  In the present embodiment, control of the effect mode executed in the button effect XC is executed based on the presence or absence of depression of the effect operation button 24. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the effect operation button 24 The control of the effect mode executed in the button effect XC may be executed based on whether or not the operation mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24 satisfies a predetermined operation condition, such as the time and the number of times pressed. .

  Further, in the above example, the presentation operation button 24 is described as an example of the operation receiving means for receiving the input operation by the player, but the operation receiving means is not limited to this. For example, as the operation receiving means, a stick or a lever operated by the player back and forth or right and left, a button detecting a hand held by the player, a touch sensor detecting a hand approaching a liquid crystal screen, etc. Can. Hereinafter, an example of the processing of the button effect XC will be described.

  FIG. 53 is a flow chart showing an example of processing when the button effect XC is executed as an effect element (notice effect effect) for a feeling of prior notice. In this button effect XC, the same processing is performed in the case where it is executed for the first time and the case where it is executed after the second time.

  In step S3201, the above-described effect aspect XC1 is executed on the symbol display device 41 as the effect execution means, the speaker 46 and the various lamps 47. The effect mode XC1 includes content that suggests the player to press the effect operation button 24. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3202.

  In step S3202, it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. If it is determined in step S3202 that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed (S3202: YES), the process proceeds to step S3204, and the effect described above for the symbol display device 41 as a effect executing means, the speaker 46 and various lamps 47 After executing the aspect XC2, the button effect XC is ended.

  If it is determined in step S3202 that the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed (S3202: NO), the process proceeds to step S3203, and it is determined whether a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S3203 that the predetermined time has not elapsed (S3203: NO), the process returns to step S3202, and it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. That is, the presence or absence of depression of the rendering operation button 24 is monitored until a predetermined time has elapsed. On the other hand, if it is determined in step S3203 that the predetermined time has elapsed (S3203: YES), that is, if there is no depression of the rendering operation button 24 within the predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S3204 and functions as a production execution means After the effect mode XC2 is executed by the symbol display device 41, the speaker 46 and the various lamps 47, the button effect XC is ended.

  According to the above process, the button effect XC can be executed multiple times with the same content regardless of the operation mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24. Note that the process described above is an example, and the process of the button effect XC may be realized by another algorithm.

<Example 4 of notice of feeling of visual appearance using button effect>
FIG. 54 is a flow chart showing a flow in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect XA as the effect element for the notice of the existing feeling notice and executes the button effect XD twice. FIG. 55 is an explanatory view showing the contents of the effect selection screen XD1, the effect aspect XD2 and the suggested effect F executed in the button effect XD.

  When the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment starts executing the first button effect XD, the pachinko machine 10 includes a content that suggests pressing of the effect operation button 24 to the player, and one of a plurality of options. An effect selection screen XD1 for causing the player to select an option is displayed (S3301). The effect selection screen XD1 is a selection screen in which the selection state is switched each time the effect operation button 24 is pressed. In the example shown in FIG. 55, in the effect selection screen XD1, a female character appears in the middle of the screen, and a plurality of turtle characters carrying shellfish appear in front of the female character, and pressing of the operation operation button 24 is Every time there is a turtle character moving to the left (S3302), a new turtle character appears from the right side of the screen. In the present embodiment, since the patterns of the respective turtle characters are the same, the mode of the effect selection screen XD1 does not change before and after the effect operation button 24 is pressed. However, the effect selection screen XD1 may have another aspect other than that shown in FIG. 55, and may be configured to be different before and after the effect operation button is pressed.

  And the pachinko machine 10 of this embodiment performs presentation aspect XD2 corresponding to the choice selected at the timing to which predetermined time passed (S3303). In the example shown in FIG. 55, in the effect mode XD2, a turtle character in front of a female character is selected at a timing when a predetermined time has elapsed, and a shell shelled by the selected turtle character opens, and the shell character It is an effect mode in which a pearl having a predetermined feature appears from the inside. In the present embodiment, the pattern of each turtle character is the same, but the feature of an object such as a pearl appearing from inside the shell differs for each turtle character.

  When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment starts executing the second button effect XD, the pachinko machine 10 displays the same effect selection screen XD1 as the effect selection screen XD1 displayed in the first button effect XD (S3304). Then, each time the rendering operation button 24 is pressed, the turtle character is moved to the left (S3305), and the same as the rendering mode XD2 corresponding to the first selected option at the timing when the predetermined time has elapsed. The effect mode XD2 is executed (S3306). In the example shown in FIG. 55, the turtle character in front of the female character is selected at the timing when the predetermined time has elapsed, and the shellfish carried by the selected turtle character opens, and the first shellfish is selected. The effect aspect XD2 which the pearl which has the same characteristic appears is implemented.

  When the second button effect XD ends, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment suggests to the player that the button effect XD of the same content has been executed a plurality of times (two times in the above example). The effect F is executed (S3307). In the example shown in FIG. 55, the suggestive effect F is an effect in which a female character throws a message such as “Mee, Dejab !?” to the player. However, the suggestion effect F may be another aspect. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 executes other effects such as the battle effect described above.

  When the button effect XD is executed three or more times, the same control as that performed when the second button effect XD is executed is repeatedly performed, and the suggested effect F is executed after the end of the last button effect XD. Good.

  As described above, when the button effect is executed a plurality of times, it is executed with different contents depending on the operation mode of the input operation by the player (for example, the presence or absence of depression of the effect operation button 24, timing, the number of times of pressing, etc.) May be The pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment performs the button effect XD to be executed for the second time and thereafter regardless of the operation mode of the input operation by the player when the button effect XD is executed a plurality of times as the effect element for visual sense notice. In the second embodiment, the same effect mode as the effect mode performed in the first button effect XD is executed. Therefore, even when the button effect XD is executed a plurality of times, the contents of the button effect XD to be executed for the first time and the second time or later can be made the same. Then, as in the above-described embodiment, it is possible to give the player a sense of debating (dejav) that the button effect XD having the same content is performed a plurality of times.

  The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, since the suggestion effect F is executed, it is possible to allow the player to recognize that the button effect XD of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the same. It is possible to convince the player that there is a special meaning to the fact that the button effect XD of the content is executed a plurality of times. However, it is not essential to execute the suggestion effect F, and the pachinko machine 10 may be configured not to execute the suggestion effect F.

  Further, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the effect selection screen XD1 is the same mode before and after the selection state is switched, so when the button effect XD is executed a plurality of times, the effect of the same mode The same effect mode XD2 is executed from the selection screen XD1. Therefore, it is possible to enhance the feeling of being given to the player.

  Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment selects the button effect XD as the presentation element for the notice of the visual acuity, and the button graphic XD is performed a plurality of times in the case where the generation condition of the visual acuity notice is satisfied. In the case of execution, the time parameter indicating whether or not the depression of the rendering operation button 24 is accepted is not displayed. The reason will be described. The player may press the effect operation button 24 at different timings in each of the button effects executed a plurality of times. Here, if the time parameter is temporarily displayed, the player recognizes that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed at different timings in each of the button effects performed a plurality of times, and the button effect is performed with the same content. Even if the button is executed a plurality of times, there is a possibility that the player may not feel a sense of sight for the button effect performed a plurality of times. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the time parameter is not displayed when the button effect is performed a plurality of times as the effect element for the visual sense notice, and it is difficult for the player to feel the visual appearance. It is possible to suppress the However, in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect as the effect element for the visual acuity notice and executes the button a plurality of times, the pachinko machine 10 is in a case where the generation condition of the visual acuity notice is satisfied. Parameters may be displayed.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment determines whether or not the occurrence condition of the prior notice of the feeling of sighting is satisfied before the hold information becomes a target of the big hit lottery, and the occurrence of the feeling of prior notice When it is determined that the condition is satisfied, the button effect XD that is an object to be executed a plurality of times before the holding information determined to satisfy the occurrence condition of the feeling of prior notice of the visual recognition becomes a target of the big hit lottery Start running. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation for a sense of visual appearance over a plurality of game times. However, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied when the on-hold information becomes the target of the big hit lottery, and the button effect is produced in one game round related to the on-hold information. It may be configured to execute XD multiple times.

  In the present embodiment, control of the effect mode executed in the button effect XD is executed based on the presence or absence of depression of the effect operation button 24. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the effect operation button 24 Control of the effect mode to be executed in the button effect XD may be executed based on whether or not the operation mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24 satisfies a predetermined operation condition, such as the time and the number of times pressed. .

  Further, in the above example, the presentation operation button 24 is described as an example of the operation receiving means for receiving the input operation by the player, but the operation receiving means is not limited to this. For example, as the operation receiving means, a stick or a lever operated by the player back and forth or right and left, a button detecting a hand held by the player, a touch sensor detecting a hand approaching a liquid crystal screen, etc. Can. Hereinafter, an example of processing of the button effect XD will be described.

  FIG. 56 is a flow chart showing an example of processing when a button effect XD is executed as an effect element (notice effect effect) for a feeling of prior notice. In step S3401, it is determined whether an initial execution completion flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94 or not. If it is determined in step S3401 that the initial execution completed flag is not stored (S3401: NO), that is, if the button effect XD has not been executed even once after the visual appearance notice flag is stored. In step S3402, the above-described effect selection screen XD1 is displayed on the symbol display device 41, and the speaker 46 and various lamps 47 execute patterns of sound and light corresponding to the effect selection screen XD1. The effect selection screen XD1 includes content suggesting to the player that the effect operation button 24 is pressed. Then, it progresses to step S3403.

  In step S3403, it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. If it is determined in step S3403 that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed (S3403: YES), the process proceeds to step S3404 and causes the symbol display device 41 to display the effect selection screen XD1 in the selected state. In the example shown in FIG. 55, on the effect selection screen XD1, the turtle character moves to the left, and a mode in which a new turtle character appears from the right side of the screen is displayed. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3405, in which it is determined whether a predetermined time has elapsed.

  If it is determined in step S3405 that the predetermined time has not elapsed (S3405: NO), the process returns to step S3403 to determine whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. That is, the presence or absence of depression of the rendering operation button 24 is monitored until a predetermined time has elapsed.

  In step S3405, when it is determined that the predetermined time has elapsed (S3405: YES), the process proceeds to step S3406, and the selected rendering mode XD2 is displayed on the symbol display device 41 as a rendering execution means, the speaker 46 and various lamps 47 Run it. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3407.

  In step S3407, the type information of the effect aspect XD2 executed in step S3406 is stored. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3408, and after storing the initial execution completion flag in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94, the first button effect XD is ended.

  If it is determined in step S3401 that the initial execution completion flag is stored (S3401: YES), that is, if the button effect XD has already been executed at least once after the visual appearance notice flag is stored. The process proceeds to step S3409, and causes the symbol display device 41 to display the same effect selection screen XD1 as the first time, and causes the speaker 46 and the various lamps 47 to execute sound and light patterns corresponding to the effect selection screen XD1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3410.

  In step S3410, it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. If it is determined in step S3410 that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed (S3410: YES), the process proceeds to step S3411, and the symbol display device 41 displays the effect selection screen XD1 in a state where the selection state is switched. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3412, in which it is determined whether a predetermined time has elapsed.

  When it is determined in step S3412 that the predetermined time has not elapsed (S3412: NO), the process returns to step S3410, and it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. That is, the presence or absence of depression of the rendering operation button 24 is monitored until a predetermined time has elapsed.

  If it is determined in step S3412 that the predetermined time has elapsed (S3412: YES), the process proceeds to step S3413, and the effect aspect XD2 stored in step S3407 is displayed as the symbol display device 41 as effect performing means, the speaker 46 and After making the various lamps 47 execute, the second and subsequent button effects XD are ended.

  According to the above process, the button effect XD can be executed multiple times with the same content regardless of the operation mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24. The process described above is an example, and the process of the button effect XD may be realized by another algorithm.

<Example 5 of notice of feeling of visual appearance using button effect>
FIG. 57 is a flow chart showing a flow in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect XE as the effect element for the notice of the existing feeling notice and executes the button effect XE twice. FIG. 58 is an explanatory view showing the contents of the effect selection screen XE1, the effect aspect XE2 and the suggested effect F executed in the button effect XE.

  When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment starts executing the first button effect XE, the pachinko machine 10 includes content that suggests pressing of the effect operation button 24 to the player, and one effect out of a plurality of effect modes. An effect selection screen XE1 which causes the player to select the mode is displayed (S3501). The effect selection screen XE1 is a selection screen in which the selected state of the effect mode is switched as time passes. In the example shown in FIG. 58, the effect selection screen XE1 is a roulette-type selection screen in which the selection cursor moves with the passage of time and causes one of the four effect modes to be selected. In the present embodiment, the moving speed of the selection cursor is high enough that the player can not select a target effect mode. Note that the effect selection screen XE1 may have another mode.

  Then, in either case where the effect operation button 24 is pressed or not pressed (S3502), one of the effect modes is selected from the plurality of effect modes, and the effect mode is selected. The effect mode XE2 is executed (S3503). Specifically, when there is depression of the rendering operation button 24 within a predetermined time (S 3502: YES), when there is depression of the rendering operation button 24 as a trigger, from among a plurality of effect modes It is assumed that one of the rendering modes is selected, and the selected rendering mode XE2 is executed (S3503). On the other hand, when there is no depression of the rendering operation button 24 within the predetermined time (S 3502: NO), a state in which one of the rendering modes is selected from the plurality of rendering modes triggered by the passage of the predetermined time And the selected effect mode XE2 is executed (S3503). In the example shown in FIG. 58, the selected rendering mode XE2 is a cut-in notice rendering with the turtle character as the leading role. However, another effect mode may be selected as the effect mode, and each effect mode that may be selected may be another mode.

  When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment starts executing the second button effect XE, the pachinko machine 10 displays the same effect selection screen XE1 as the effect selection screen XE1 displayed first (S3504). Then, in either case where the effect operation button 24 is pressed or not pressed (S3505), the same effect mode as the effect mode selected for the first time is selected, The selected presentation mode XE2 is executed (S3506). Specifically, when the effect operation button 24 is pressed within the predetermined time (S3505: YES), the effect selected for the first time triggered by the effect operation button 24 being pressed. The same effect mode as the mode is selected, and the selected effect mode XE2 is executed. On the other hand, when the rendering operation button 24 is not pressed within the predetermined time (S3505: NO), the same rendering mode as the rendering mode selected at the first time is selected, triggered by the passage of the predetermined time. The selected effect mode XE2 is executed (S3506).

  When the second button effect XE ends, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment suggests to the player that the button effect XE of the same content has been executed a plurality of times (two times in the above example). The effect F is executed (S3507). In the example shown in FIG. 58, the suggestive effect F is an effect in which a female character throws a message such as “Hey, Dejab !?” to the player. However, the suggestion effect F may be another aspect. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 executes other effects such as the battle effect described above.

  When the button effect XE is performed three or more times, the same control as that when the second button effect XE is performed is repeatedly performed, and the suggested effect F is performed after the end of the last button effect XE. Good.

  As described above, when the button effect is executed a plurality of times, it is executed with different contents depending on the operation mode of the input operation by the player (for example, the presence or absence of depression of the effect operation button 24, timing, the number of times of pressing, etc.) May be The pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment performs the button effect XE to be executed for the second time and thereafter regardless of the operation mode of the input operation by the player when the button effect XE is executed a plurality of times as the effect element for the feeling of visible notice. In the second embodiment, the same effect mode as the effect mode performed in the first button effect XE is selected and executed. Therefore, even when the button effect XE is executed a plurality of times, the contents of the button effect XE to be executed for the first time and the second time or later can be made the same. Then, similarly to the above-described embodiment, it is possible to give the player a feeling of debating (dejav) that the button effect XE of the same content is performed a plurality of times.

  The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, since the suggestion effect F is executed, it is possible to allow the player to recognize that the button effect XE of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the same. It is possible to convince the player that the button effect XE of the content has a special meaning in being executed a plurality of times. However, it is not essential to execute the suggestion effect F, and the pachinko machine 10 may be configured not to execute the suggestion effect F.

  Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment selects the button effect XE as an effect element for the notice of the visual acuity, and the button effect XE is performed a plurality of times when the generation condition of the visual acuity notice is satisfied. In the case of execution, the time parameter indicating whether or not the depression of the rendering operation button 24 is accepted is not displayed. The reason will be described. The player may press the effect operation button 24 at different timings in each of the button effects executed a plurality of times. Here, if the time parameter is temporarily displayed, the player recognizes that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed at different timings in each of the button effects performed a plurality of times, and the button effect is performed with the same content. Even if the button is executed a plurality of times, there is a possibility that the player may not feel a sense of sight for the button effect performed a plurality of times. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the time parameter is not displayed when the button effect is performed a plurality of times as the effect element for the visual sense notice, and it is difficult for the player to feel the visual appearance. It is possible to suppress the However, in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect as the effect element for the visual acuity notice and executes the button a plurality of times, the pachinko machine 10 is in a case where the generation condition of the visual acuity notice is satisfied. Parameters may be displayed.

  Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the moving speed of the selection cursor is high enough that the player can not make a selection aiming at a specific effect mode. Therefore, the same effect mode as the first selected effect mode is forcedly selected even though the player aims to stop the selection cursor in the effect mode different from the effect mode selected for the first time. It is possible to reduce the player's feeling of discomfort.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment determines whether or not the occurrence condition of the prior notice of the feeling of sighting is satisfied before the hold information becomes a target of the big hit lottery, and the occurrence of the feeling of prior notice When it is determined that the condition is satisfied, the button effect XE that is an object to be executed multiple times before the hold information determined to satisfy the occurrence condition of the notice of a feeling of previous notice becomes a target of the big hit lottery Start running. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation for a sense of visual appearance over a plurality of game times. However, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied when the on-hold information becomes the target of the big hit lottery, and the button effect is produced in one game round related to the on-hold information. It may be configured to execute XE multiple times.

  In the present embodiment, control of the effect mode executed in the button effect XE is executed based on the presence or absence of depression of the effect operation button 24. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the effect operation button 24 Control of the effect mode to be executed in the button effect XE may be executed based on whether or not the operation mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24 satisfies a predetermined operation condition, such as the time and the number of times pressed. .

  Further, in the above example, the presentation operation button 24 is described as an example of the operation receiving means for receiving the input operation by the player, but the operation receiving means is not limited to this. For example, as the operation receiving means, a stick or a lever operated by the player back and forth or right and left, a button detecting a hand held by the player, a touch sensor detecting a hand approaching a liquid crystal screen, etc. Can. Hereinafter, an example of the process of the button effect XE will be described.

  FIG. 59 is a flow chart showing an example of processing when a button effect XE is executed as an effect element (notice effect effect) for a feeling of prior notice. In step S3601, it is determined whether an initial execution completion flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94 or not. If it is determined in step S3601 that the initial execution completion flag is not stored (S3601: NO), the process proceeds to step S3602 to display the roulette type effect selection screen XE1 described above on the symbol display device 41 and the speaker A sound and light pattern corresponding to the effect selection screen XE1 are executed on the various lamps 47 and the lamps 47. The effect selection screen XE1 includes content suggesting to the player that the effect operation button 24 is pressed. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3603.

  In step S3603, it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. If it is determined in step S3603 that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed (S3603: YES), the process proceeds to step S3605, and the selection cursor is stopped at the timing when the effect operation button 24 is pressed. An image indicating that the mode is selected is displayed on the symbol display device 41. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3606.

  If it is determined in step S3603 that the rendering operation button 24 has not been pressed (S3603: NO), the process proceeds to step S3604 to determine whether a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S3604 that the predetermined time has not elapsed (S3604: NO), the process returns to step S3603, and it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. That is, the presence or absence of depression of the rendering operation button 24 is monitored until a predetermined time has elapsed.

  If it is determined in step S3604 that the predetermined time has elapsed (S3604: YES), the process proceeds to step S3605, and the selection cursor is stopped at the timing when the predetermined time has elapsed, and an image indicating that one effect mode is selected Is displayed on the symbol display device 41. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3606.

  In step S3606, the effect mode XE2 selected in step S3605 is executed by the symbol display device 41 as the effect executing means, the speaker 46 and the various lamps 47. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3607.

  In step S3607, the type of effect aspect XE2 executed in step S3606 is stored in the sound light side RAM 94. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3608.

  In step S3608, the flag of the first execution is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94, and the first button effect XE is ended.

  If it is determined in step S3601 that the initial execution completion flag is stored (S3601: YES), that is, if the button effect XE has already been executed at least once after the visual appearance notice flag is stored. The process proceeds to step S3609, and causes the symbol display device 41 to display the same effect selection screen XE1 as the first time, and causes the speaker 46 and various lamps 47 to execute the sound and light patterns corresponding to the effect selection screen XE1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3610.

  In step S3610, it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. If it is determined in step S3610 that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed (S3610: YES), the process proceeds to step S3612, and it is the timing after the effect operation button 24 has been pressed and stored in step S3607. The selection cursor is stopped at the timing when the selected rendering mode XE2 is selected, and an image indicating that the stored rendering mode XE2 is selected is displayed on the symbol display device 41. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3613.

  If it is determined in step S3610 that the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed (S3610: NO), the process proceeds to step S3611, and it is determined whether a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S3611 that the predetermined time has not elapsed (S3611: NO), the process returns to step S3610, and it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. That is, the presence or absence of depression of the rendering operation button 24 is monitored until a predetermined time has elapsed.

  If it is determined in step S3611 that the predetermined time has elapsed (S3611: YES), the process proceeds to step S3612, and it is the timing after the predetermined time has elapsed, and the effect aspect XE2 stored in step S3607 is selected At the timing, the selection cursor is stopped, and an image indicating that the stored effect mode XE2 has been selected is displayed on the symbol display device 41. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3613.

  In step S3613, after effect mode XE2 selected in step S3612 is executed by symbol display device 41 as speaker effect means, speaker 46 and various lamps 47, button effect XE for the second and subsequent times is ended.

  According to the above process, the button effect XE can be executed multiple times with the same content regardless of the operation mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24. The process described above is an example, and the process of the button effect XE may be realized by another algorithm.

<Example 6 of notice of feeling of visual appearance using button effect>
FIG. 60 is a flow chart showing a flow in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect XF as the effect element for the notice of the existing feeling notice and executes the button effect XF twice. FIG. 61 is an explanatory view showing the contents of effect modes XF1 and XF2 and a suggested effect F executed in the button effect XF.

  When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment starts executing the button effect XF for the first time, the content suggesting the player to continuously hit the effect operation button 24 and the predetermined parameter move in a fixed direction as time passes. The effect mode XF1 including the contents to be changed is executed (S3701). In the example shown in FIG. 61, the effect aspect XF 1 includes the content that the character on the player's side is attacked by ink from the character on the enemy's side and tries to endure the attack on the ink, and The parameter indicating the physical strength of the character of the character changes in the decreasing direction in response to the attack of the ink. Further, in the effect aspect XF1, as an example of a message suggesting a continuous hit of the effect operation button 24 to the player, characters such as “A continuous hit and endure!” Are displayed. However, the effect aspect XF1 may be another aspect.

  In the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the effect mode XF1 is executed, the parameters decrease with the passage of time (S3702). At this time, when the effect operation button 24 is continuously hit by the player, the pachinko machine 10 executes control to reduce the decrease rate of the parameter. Specifically, the pachinko machine 10 performs control such that the decrease rate of the parameter decreases as the number of depressions of the rendering operation button 24 per unit time increases. In this way, the player continuously strikes the rendering operation button 24 so as to increase the number of depressions of the rendering operation button 24 per unit time in an attempt to reduce the decrease rate of the parameter. In the example shown in FIG. 61, the player tries to reduce the reduction rate of the parameter by continuously hitting the rendering operation button 24 so that the character of the wolf can endure the attack of the whale. Therefore, the player can be actively involved in the button effect XF, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game.

  Then, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment executes the effect aspect XF2 after the parameter satisfies the predetermined parameter condition (S3704). Specifically, after the parameter decreases to 0, the effect aspect XF2 is executed (S3704). In the example shown in FIG. 61, the effect aspect XF2 is an effect aspect including a content in which the character of the player on the side of the player can not survive the attack of the character on the side of the enemy and is defeated. However, the effect aspect XF2 may be another aspect.

  When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment starts executing the second button effect XF, the pachinko machine 10 executes the same control as that of the first button effect XF. Specifically, the presentation mode XF1 is executed (S3705), the parameter is decreased with the passage of time (S3706), and after the parameter becomes 0 (S3707), the presentation mode XF2 is executed (S3708). That is, regardless of the operation mode of the input operation of the rendering operation button 24, the rendering mode XF1 and the rendering mode XF2 are executed.

  When the second button effect XF ends, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment suggests to the player that the button effect XF having the same content has been executed a plurality of times (two times in the above example). The effect F is executed (S3709). In the example shown in FIG. 61, the suggestive effect F is an effect in which a female character throws a message such as “Hey, dejave !?” to the player. However, the suggestion effect F may be another aspect. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 executes other effects such as the battle effect described above.

  If the button effect XF is to be performed three or more times, the same control as when the second button effect XF is performed is repeatedly performed, and the suggestion effect F is performed after the end of the last button effect XF. Good.

  As described above, when the button effect is executed a plurality of times, it is executed with different contents depending on the operation mode of the input operation by the player (for example, the presence or absence of depression of the effect operation button 24, timing, the number of times of pressing, etc.) May be The pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment performs the input operation by the player after executing the effect aspect XF1 similarly, when performing the button effect XF for the first time, and when performing the button effect XF for the second time or later. The parameter is reduced to 0 regardless of the operation mode of, and the presentation mode XF2 is executed. Therefore, even when the button effect XF is executed a plurality of times, the contents of the button effect XF to be executed for the first time and the second time or later can be made the same. Then, it is possible to give the player a sense of appearance (dejav) that the button effect XF of the same content is executed a plurality of times.

  The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  Furthermore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, since the suggestion effect F is executed, it is possible to allow the player to recognize that the button effect XF of the same content has been executed a plurality of times and the same. The player can be convinced that the button effect XF of the content has a special meaning in being executed a plurality of times. In particular, when an effect mode (for example, an effect mode in which a character on the player side loses) which is disadvantageous to the player is executed as the effect mode XF2, the suggestion effect is executed from the depressed feeling, and the player The sense of expectation of can be raised at a stretch. However, it is not essential to execute the suggestion effect F, and the pachinko machine 10 may be configured not to execute the suggestion effect F.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment determines whether or not the occurrence condition of the prior notice of the feeling of sighting is satisfied before the hold information becomes a target of the big hit lottery, and the occurrence of the feeling of prior notice When it is determined that the condition is satisfied, the button effect XF which is an object to be executed a plurality of times before the holding information determined to satisfy the occurrence condition of the prior notice of the feeling of sighting is a target of the big hit lottery Start running. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation for a sense of visual appearance over a plurality of game times. However, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied when the on-hold information becomes the target of the big hit lottery, and the button effect is produced in one game round related to the on-hold information. The configuration may be such that XF is executed multiple times.

  In addition, when the pachinko machine 10 executes the first button effect XF, it stores the process in which the parameter changes, and when the second and subsequent button effects XF are executed, the stored parameter changes. May be reproduced. In this way, in each of the button effects XF executed a plurality of times, the process of changing the parameter becomes the same, so it is possible to give the player a stronger sense of sight.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 may be provided with changing means for changing the mode of the rendering operation button 24 to the mode (that is, the mode in which it is depressed by pressing) when the button is pressed. Then, when executing the first button effect XF, the pachinko machine 10 stores the process of change of the aspect of the effect operation button 24 when the effect operation button 24 is continuously hit by the player, and the second and subsequent times. When the button effect XF is executed, it is preferable that the changing means reproduce the process of the change of the aspect of the stored effect operation button 24. In this way, since the mode of the effect operation button 24 changes, it is possible to impart unexpectedness to the game. Furthermore, in the second and subsequent button effects XF, the process of changing the aspect of the effect operation button 24 in the first button effect XF is reproduced, so that a stronger sense of visual appearance can be given to the player.

  In the above example, the parameter is changed in the decreasing direction with the passage of time. However, the parameter may be changed in the increasing direction with the passage of time. In this case, the pachinko machine 10 may execute control such that the increase rate of the parameter increases as the number of depressions of the rendering operation button 24 per unit time increases. Examples of the parameter to be increased with the passage of time can include an attack power parameter of the character on the player side, a power parameter, and the like. Then, after the parameter increases and reaches a predetermined value such as the maximum value, a positive effect mode such as a win effect may be executed. In this way, as in the above example, the parameter increases to a predetermined maximum value regardless of the operation mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24 by the player, so the pachinko machine 10 generates the button effect XF. It can be executed multiple times with the same content. Also, in order to increase the increase speed of the parameter, the player continuously strikes the rendering operation button 24 so that the number of depressions of the rendering operation button 24 per unit time increases. Therefore, as in the above example, the player can be actively involved in the button effect XF, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game.

  Further, in the above example, the parameter is the aspect shown in a rod shape, but is not limited to this, the aspect may be an aspect shown in another shape such as a circle, etc. It may be a modified aspect.

  Further, in the above example, the presentation operation button 24 is described as an example of the operation receiving means for receiving the input operation by the player, but the operation receiving means is not limited to this. For example, as the operation receiving means, a stick or a lever operated by the player back and forth or right and left, a button detecting a hand held by the player, a touch sensor detecting a hand approaching a liquid crystal screen, etc. Can. Hereinafter, an example of the processing of the button effect XF will be described.

  FIG. 62 is a flow chart showing an example of processing when the button effect XF is executed as an effect element (notice effect effect) for a feeling of prior notice. In this button effect XF, the same processing is performed when it is executed for the first time and when it is executed for the second time or later.

  In step S3801, the above-described effect aspect XF1 is executed on the symbol display device 41 as the effect execution means, the speaker 46 and the various lamps 47. The effect mode XF1 includes content that suggests the player to continuously hit the effect operation button 24, and content that changes in the direction in which the strength parameter decreases with the passage of time. After executing step S3801, the process proceeds to step S3802.

  In step S3802, it is determined whether the rendering operation button 24 is continuously hit. Specifically, for example, the number of depressions of the rendering operation button 24 within a predetermined time is counted, and when the number of depressions is equal to or more than the predetermined number, it is determined that the presentation operation button 24 is continuously hit. If it is determined in step S3802 that the rendering operation button 24 is continuously hit (S3802: YES), the process proceeds to step S3803, and the strength parameter is decreased at a predetermined speed. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3805.

  If it is determined in step S3802 that the rendering operation button 24 is not continuously hit (S3802: NO), the process proceeds to step S3804 to decrease the strength parameter at a speed faster than the predetermined speed in step S3803. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S3805.

  In step S3805, it is determined whether the strength parameter has become zero. If it is determined in step S3805 that the physical strength parameter has not become 0 (S3805: NO), the process returns to step S3802, and it is determined whether or not the rendering operation button 24 is continuously hit. That is, the presence or absence of continuous hitting of the rendering operation button 24 is monitored until the physical strength parameter becomes 0, and the physical fitness parameter is decreased at a slow speed during the period in which the directing operating button 24 is continuously hit, and the directing operation button 24 is not continuously hit. The period decreases the strength parameter at a fast speed.

  If it is determined in step S3805 that the strength parameter has become 0 (S3805: YES), the process proceeds to step S3806, and the above-described effect XF2 is applied to the symbol display device 41 as the effect executing means, the speaker 46 and various lamps 47. Run it. After that, the first or second and subsequent notice effects for the prior notice of the feeling of a sense of sight are ended.

  In the above example, the speed at which the strength value is reduced is described as two steps depending on the presence or absence of continuous hitting, but may be three or more steps depending on the number of depressions of the rendering operation button 24 within a predetermined time Good.

  According to the above process, the button effect XF can be executed a plurality of times with the same content regardless of the operation mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24. Note that the process described above is an example, and the process of the button effect XF may be realized by another algorithm.

<Example 7 of notice of feeling of visual appearance using button effect>
FIG. 63 is a flow chart showing a flow in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect XG as the effect element for the notice of the existing feeling notice and executes the button effect XA twice. FIG. 64 is an explanatory view showing the contents of the effect modes XG1 and XG2 and the suggested effect F executed in the button effect XG.

  When the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment starts executing the first button effect XG, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect mode XG1 including content that suggests pressing of the effect operation button 24 to the player (S3901). In the example shown in FIG. 64, the effect mode XG1 is an effect mode for displaying an image of a treasure box and displaying a character and an image prompting the user to depress the effect operation button 24. However, the effect aspect XA1 may be another aspect.

  After the effect mode XG1 is executed, if the effect operation button 24 is pressed within a predetermined time (S3902: YES), the effect mode XG1 is triggered by the pressing of the effect operation button 24. Execute a different presentation mode XG2 (S3903). In the example shown in FIG. 64, the effect mode XG2 is an effect mode in which a female character appears from the treasure box. However, the effect aspect XG2 may be another aspect. On the other hand, when the rendering operation button 24 is not pressed within the predetermined time (S3902: NO), the rendering mode XG2 is not executed while the rendering mode XG1 is being executed.

  When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment starts executing the second button effect XG, it executes the effect aspect XG1 as in the case of the first button effect XG (S3904 or S3908). Then, after the effect mode XG1 is executed, when there is a depression of the effect operation button 24 within a predetermined time (S3905: YES or S3909: YES), a trigger that the effect operation button 24 is depressed is triggered. Then, the effect aspect XG2 is executed (S3906 or S3910). On the other hand, when the rendering operation button 24 is not pressed within the predetermined time (S3905: NO or S3909: NO), the rendering mode XG2 is not performed while the rendering mode XG1 is being performed.

  And, the pachinko machine 10, when the effect aspect XG2 is executed in all of the button effect XG executed a plurality of times (two times in the above example), or in all of the button effect XG executed a plurality of times If the XG 2 is not executed even once, the suggestion effect F is suggested to the player that the button effect XG is executed a plurality of times with the same content (S3907 or S3911). In the example shown in FIG. 64, the suggestive effect F is an effect in which a female character throws a message such as “Hey, dejave !?” to the player. However, the suggestion effect F may be another aspect. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 executes other effects such as the battle effect described above. On the other hand, when the same effect is not executed even once in the button effect XG executed a plurality of times, specifically, although the effect mode XG2 is executed in the first button effect XG, the second time When the effect mode XG2 is not executed in the button effect XG of, and the effect mode XG2 is not executed in the first button effect XG, the effect mode XG2 is executed in the second button effect XG In the case where it does, it does not execute suggestion production F, executes usual reach production and the like.

  In addition, when performing button production XG three or more times, while performing repeatedly the control similar to the time of performing button production XG of the 2nd time, and performing suggestion production F after the end of the last button production XG It may be determined whether or not.

  According to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the player performs the same input operation in each of the button effects performed a plurality of times, the button effect XG will be performed a plurality of times with the same content, and the same The player can be provided with a sense of appearance (dejav) that the button effect XG of the content of has been executed a plurality of times. Furthermore, when the button effect XG is executed a plurality of times with the same content, the suggestion effect F is executed, so that the player is made to recognize that the button effect XG with the same content is executed a plurality of times. As a result, the player can be convinced that the button rendering XG of the same content has a special meaning in that it is executed a plurality of times.

  Furthermore, when the player experiences the suggested effect F after the button effect XG is executed a plurality of times with the same content, every time the button effect XG is executed, in anticipation of the suggested effect F being executed, The rendering operation button 24 is operated such that the button rendering XG is performed with the same content by performing the same input operation, and generation of the suggested rendering F is expected. Therefore, the player's attention to the button effect XG to be sequentially executed can be suitably enhanced, and the interest of the game can be improved.

  Further, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the player presses the effect operation button 24 within a predetermined time, the effect mode XG 2 is triggered by the pressing of the effect operation button 24. Since the execution is performed, the player can be actively involved in the button effect XG, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game. However, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured to execute the effect mode XG2 at a predetermined timing without being triggered by the depression of the effect operation button 24.

  Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment selects the button effect XG as the presentation element for the notice of the visual acuity, and the button graphic XG is performed a plurality of times when the generation condition of the visual acuity notice is satisfied. In the case of execution, the time parameter indicating whether or not the depression of the rendering operation button 24 is accepted is not displayed. The reason will be described. The player may press the effect operation button 24 at different timings in each of the button effects executed a plurality of times. Here, if the time parameter is temporarily displayed, the player recognizes that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed at different timings in each of the button effects performed a plurality of times, and the button effect is performed with the same content. Even if the button is executed a plurality of times, there is a possibility that the player may not feel a sense of sight for the button effect performed a plurality of times. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the time parameter is not displayed when the button effect is performed a plurality of times as the effect element for the visual sense notice, and it is difficult for the player to feel the visual appearance. It is possible to suppress the However, in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect as the effect element for the visual acuity notice and executes the button a plurality of times, the pachinko machine 10 is in a case where the generation condition of the visual acuity notice is satisfied. Parameters may be displayed.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment determines whether or not the occurrence condition of the prior notice of the feeling of sighting is satisfied before the hold information becomes a target of the big hit lottery, and the occurrence of the feeling of prior notice When it is determined that the condition is satisfied, the button effect XG which is an object to be executed a plurality of times before the holding information determined to satisfy the occurrence condition of the feeling of prior notice of the feeling of appearance is a target of the big hit lottery Start running. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation for a sense of visual appearance over a plurality of game times. However, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied when the on-hold information becomes the target of the big hit lottery, and the button effect is produced in one game round related to the on-hold information. The configuration may be such that XG is executed multiple times.

  In the present embodiment, control of the effect mode executed in the button effect XG is executed based on the presence or absence of depression of the effect operation button 24. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the effect operation button 24 Control of the effect mode to be executed in the button effect XG may be executed based on whether or not the operation mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24 satisfies a predetermined operation condition, such as the time and the number of times pressed. .

  Further, in the above example, the presentation operation button 24 is described as an example of the operation receiving means for receiving the input operation by the player, but the operation receiving means is not limited to this. For example, as the operation receiving means, a stick or a lever operated by the player back and forth or right and left, a button detecting a hand held by the player, a touch sensor detecting a hand approaching a liquid crystal screen, etc. Can. Hereinafter, an example of the process of the button effect XG will be described.

  FIG. 65 is a flow chart showing an example of processing when the button effect XG is executed as an effect element (notice effect effect) for a feeling of prior notice. In step S4001, it is determined whether an initial execution completion flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94 or not.

  If it is determined in step S4001 that the initial execution completed flag is not stored (S4001: NO), that is, if the button effect XG has not been executed even once after the visual appearance notice flag is stored. In step S4002, the above-described effect aspect XG1 is executed by the symbol display device 41 as the effect execution means, the speaker 46, and the various lamps 47. The effect mode XG1 includes content that suggests the player to press the effect operation button 24. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S4003.

  In step S4003, it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. If it is determined in step S4003 that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed (S4003: YES), the process proceeds to step S4004, and the symbol display device 41 as the effect executing means, the speaker 46 and various lamps 47 are described above. The presentation mode XG2 is executed. After executing step S4004, the process proceeds to step S4005, and the button pressing flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94. The button pressing flag is a flag for specifying in the sound light side MPU 92 that pressing of the effect operation button 24 has been performed when the first button effect XG is executed. After executing step S4005, the process proceeds to step S4007.

  If it is determined in step S4003 that the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed (S4003: NO), the process proceeds to step S4006, and it is determined whether a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S4006 that the predetermined time has not elapsed (S4006: NO), the process returns to step S4003 to determine whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. That is, the presence or absence of depression of the rendering operation button 24 is monitored until a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S4006 that the predetermined time has elapsed (S4006: YES), that is, if the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed within the predetermined time, step S4004 and step S4005 are not executed. It progresses to S4007.

  In step S4007, the initial execution completion flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the RAM 94. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S4008, the suggestion effect execution flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the RAM 94, and the first button effect XG is ended.

  The suggested effect execution flag is that, when the button effect XG is executed a plurality of times after the visual sensation notice flag is stored, the same effect mode XG2 is executed in all the plurality of button effects XG. Alternatively, it is a flag for specifying in the sound light side MPU 92 that the effect mode XG2 has never been executed in all of the plurality of button effects XG.

  As described in the processing of each of the following steps, after the visual effect notice flag is stored, the suggestion effect execution flag is the second or subsequent one when the effect mode XG2 is executed in the first button effect XG. If the effect mode XG2 is not executed even once in the button effect XG, it is deleted. In addition, the suggestion effect execution flag, even if the effect mode XG2 is not executed in the first button effect XG after the appearance feeling notice flag is stored, the effect mode even in the second or subsequent button effect XG It is erased when XG2 is executed. That is, when the button effect XG is executed a plurality of times after the visual appearance notice flag is stored, the same effect mode XG2 is executed in all of the plurality of button effects XG, or the plurality When the effect mode XG2 is not executed even once in all of the button effects XG of the times, the suggestion effect execution flag remains stored without being erased. In the present embodiment, when setting the content of the notice effect of the game round related to the hold information determined to satisfy the occurrence condition of the notice of the feeling of visible feeling, it is determined whether or not this suggestion effect execution flag is stored. If it is determined that the suggestion effect execution flag is stored, the suggestion effect F described above is executed. On the other hand, when it is determined that the suggestion effect execution flag is not stored, the normal reach effect or the like is executed without executing the suggestion effect F. Hereinafter, the description returns to the process of each step in FIG.

  If it is determined in step S4001 that the initial execution completion flag is stored (S4001: YES), that is, if the button effect XG has already been executed at least once after the visual appearance notice flag is stored. The process proceeds to step S4009, and causes the symbol display device 41 as the effect execution means, the speaker 46, and the various lamps 47 to execute the effect aspect XG1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S4010.

  In step S4010, it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. In step S4010, when it is determined that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed (S4010: YES), the process proceeds to step S4011, and the symbol display device 41 as the effect execution means, the speaker 46 and the various lamps 47 effect aspect XG2 Run Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S4012, in which it is determined whether the button pressing flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94.

  If it is determined in step S4012 that the button pressing flag is stored (S4012: YES), the second and subsequent button effects XG are ended without deleting the suggestion effect execution flag. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S4012 that the button pressing flag is not stored (S4012: NO), the process proceeds to step S4015.

  In step S4015, when the suggestion effect execution flag is stored, the suggestion effect execution flag is deleted, and the button effect XG for the second and subsequent times is ended. If the suggestion effect execution flag is not stored, the second or subsequent button effect XG is ended as it is.

  If it is determined in step S4010 that the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed (S4010: NO), the process proceeds to step S4013, and it is determined whether a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S4013 that the predetermined time has not elapsed (S4013: NO), the process returns to step S4010, and it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. That is, the presence or absence of depression of the rendering operation button 24 is monitored until a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S4013 that the predetermined time has elapsed (S4013: YES), that is, if the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed within the predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S4014.

  In step S 4014, it is determined whether the button pressing flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94 a of the sound light side RAM 94. If it is determined in step S4014 that the button pressing flag is stored (S4014: YES), the process proceeds to step S4015 described above, and if the suggestion effect execution flag is stored, the suggestion effect execution flag is erased . On the other hand, when it is determined in step S4014 that the button pressing flag is not stored (S4014: NO), the second and subsequent button effects XG are ended without deleting the suggestion effect execution flag.

  According to the above-described process, it is possible to execute the suggested effect F only when the button effect XG is executed a plurality of times with the same content. The process described above is an example, and the process of the button effect XG may be realized by another algorithm.

<Example 8 of notice of feeling of visual appearance using button effect>
FIG. 66 is a flow chart showing a flow in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect XH as an effect element for anticipation of an existing feeling notice and executes the button effect XH twice. FIG. 67 is an explanatory view showing the contents of the effect modes XH1, XH2, XH3 and the suggested effect F executed in the button effect XH.

  When the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment starts executing the first button effect XH, the pachinko machine 10 executes an effect mode XH1 including content that suggests pressing of the effect operation button 24 to the player (S4101). In the example shown in FIG. 67, the effect mode XH1 is an effect mode for displaying an image of a treasure box and displaying a character and an image prompting pressing of the effect operation button 24. However, the effect aspect XH1 may be another aspect.

  After the effect mode XH1 is executed, when the effect operation button 24 is pressed within a predetermined time (S4102: YES), the effect mode XH1 is triggered by the pressing of the effect operation button 24. Execute a different presentation mode XH2 (S4103). In the example shown in FIG. 67, the effect mode XH2 is an effect mode in which a female character appears from the treasure box. However, the effect aspect XH2 may be another aspect. On the other hand, when there is no depression of the rendering operation button 24 within the predetermined time (S4102: NO), the rendering mode XH3 different from the rendering mode XH1 and the rendering mode XH2 is executed with the elapse of the predetermined time (S4109) . In the example shown in FIG. 67, the effect aspect XH3 is an effect aspect in which the fish character carries away the treasure box. However, the effect aspect XH3 may be another aspect.

  When the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment starts executing the second button effect XH, it executes the effect aspect XH1 as in the case of the first button effect XH (S4104 or S4110). Then, after the effect mode XH1 is executed, when there is a depression of the effect operation button 24 within a predetermined time (S4105: YES or S4111: YES), a trigger that the effect operation button 24 is depressed is triggered. Then, the presentation aspect XH2 is executed (S4106 or S4112). On the other hand, when the rendering operation button 24 is not pressed within the predetermined time (S4105: NO or S4111: NO), the rendering mode XH3 is executed triggered by the passage of the predetermined time (S4107).

  And, the pachinko machine 10, when the effect aspect XH2 is executed in all of the button effect XH executed a plurality of times (two times in the above example), or in all of the button effect XH executed a plurality of times If XH3 is executed, the suggestion effect F is suggested to the player that the button effect XH is executed a plurality of times with the same content (S4108 or S4114). In the example shown in FIG. 67, the suggestive effect F is an effect in which the female character throws a message such as “Mee, dejabu !?” to the player. However, the suggestion effect F may be another aspect. Thereafter, the pachinko machine 10 executes other effects such as the battle effect described above. On the other hand, if the same content is not executed even once in the button effect XH executed a plurality of times, specifically, although the effect mode XH2 is executed in the first button effect XH, the second time When the effect mode XH3 is executed in the button effect XH, and even when the effect mode XH3 is executed in the first button effect XH, the effect mode XH2 is executed in the second button effect XH In order to perform the regular reach production etc. without executing the suggested production F.

  In addition, when performing button production XH three or more times, while performing repeatedly the control similar to the time of performing button production XH of the 2nd time, and performing suggestion production F after the end of the last button production XH It may be determined whether or not.

  According to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the player performs the same input operation in each of the button effects performed a plurality of times, the button effect XH is performed a plurality of times with the same content, and the same It is possible to give the player a sense of devil (dejab) that the button effect XH of the content of has been executed a plurality of times. Furthermore, when the button effect XH is executed a plurality of times with the same content, the suggestion effect F is executed, so that the player is made to recognize that the button effect XH with the same content is executed a plurality of times. As a result, the player can be convinced that the button effect XH of the same contents is executed a plurality of times and has a special meaning.

  Furthermore, when the player experiences the suggested effect F after the button effect XH is executed a plurality of times with the same content, every time the button effect XH is executed, in anticipation of the suggested effect F being executed, The rendering operation button 24 is operated such that the button rendering XH is executed with the same content by performing the same input operation, and generation of the suggested rendering F is expected. Therefore, the player's attention to the button effect XH to be sequentially executed can be suitably enhanced, and the interest of the game can be improved.

  Further, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, when the player presses the effect operation button 24 within a predetermined time, the effect mode XH2 is triggered by the pressing of the effect operation button 24. Since the execution is performed, the player can be actively involved in the button effect XH, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game. However, the pachinko machine 10 may be configured to execute the effect mode XH2 at a predetermined timing without being triggered by the depression of the effect operation button 24.

  Furthermore, the pachinko machine 10 according to the present embodiment selects the button effect XH as an effect element for the notice of the visual acuity, and the button effect XH is performed a plurality of times in the case where the generation condition of the visual acuity notice is satisfied. In the case of execution, the time parameter indicating whether or not the depression of the rendering operation button 24 is accepted is not displayed. The reason will be described. The player may press the effect operation button 24 at different timings in each of the button effects executed a plurality of times. Here, if the time parameter is temporarily displayed, the player recognizes that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed at different timings in each of the button effects performed a plurality of times, and the button effect is performed with the same content. Even if the button is executed a plurality of times, there is a possibility that the player may not feel a sense of sight for the button effect performed a plurality of times. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, the time parameter is not displayed when the button effect is performed a plurality of times as the effect element for the visual sense notice, and it is difficult for the player to feel the visual appearance. It is possible to suppress the However, in the case where the pachinko machine 10 selects the button effect as the effect element for the visual acuity notice and executes the button a plurality of times, the pachinko machine 10 is in a case where the generation condition of the visual acuity notice is satisfied. Parameters may be displayed.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment determines whether or not the occurrence condition of the prior notice of the feeling of sighting is satisfied before the hold information becomes a target of the big hit lottery, and the occurrence of the feeling of prior notice When it is determined that the condition is satisfied, the button effect XH that is an object to be executed a plurality of times before the hold information determined to satisfy the occurrence condition of the prior notice of the feeling of sighting detection becomes a target of the big hit lottery Start running. Therefore, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the present embodiment, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation for a sense of visual appearance over a plurality of game times. However, the pachinko machine 10 determines whether or not the condition of occurrence of the feeling of prior notice is satisfied when the on-hold information becomes the target of the big hit lottery, and the button effect is produced in one game round related to the on-hold information. It may be configured to execute XH multiple times.

  In the present embodiment, control of the effect mode executed in the button effect XH is executed based on the presence or absence of depression of the effect operation button 24. However, the present invention is not limited to this. For example, the effect operation button 24 The control of the effect mode executed in the button effect XH may be executed based on whether or not the operation mode of the input operation of the effect operation button 24 satisfies a predetermined operation condition, such as the time and the number of times pressed. .

  Further, in the above example, the presentation operation button 24 is described as an example of the operation receiving means for receiving the input operation by the player, but the operation receiving means is not limited to this. For example, as the operation receiving means, a stick or a lever operated by the player back and forth or right and left, a button detecting a hand held by the player, a touch sensor detecting a hand approaching a liquid crystal screen, etc. Can. Hereinafter, an example of the processing of the button effect XH will be described.

  FIG. 68 is a flow chart showing an example of processing when the button effect XH is executed as an effect element (notice effect effect) for a feeling of prior notice. In step S4201, it is determined whether an initial execution completion flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94 or not.

  If it is determined in step S4201 that the initial execution completion flag is not stored (S4201: NO), that is, if the button effect XH has not been executed even once after the visual appearance notice flag is stored. The process proceeds to step S4202, and the above-described effect aspect XH1 is executed by the symbol display device 41 as the effect execution means, the speaker 46, and the various lamps 47. The effect mode XH1 includes content that suggests the player to press the effect operation button 24. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S4203.

  In step S4203, it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. If it is determined in step S4203 that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed (S4203: YES), the process proceeds to step S4204, and the symbol display device 41 as the effect executing means, the speaker 46 and various lamps 47 are described above. The presentation mode XH2 is executed. After step S4204 is executed, the process proceeds to step S4205, and the button pressing flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94. The button pressing flag is a flag for the sound-light MPU 92 to specify that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed when the first button effect XH is executed. After executing step S4205, the process proceeds to step S4207.

  If it is determined in step S4203 that the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed (S4203: NO), the process proceeds to step S4206, and it is determined whether a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S4206 that the predetermined time has not elapsed (S4206: NO), the process returns to step S4203, and it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. That is, the presence or absence of depression of the rendering operation button 24 is monitored until a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S4206 that the predetermined time has elapsed (S4206: YES), that is, if the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed within the predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S4207, and symbol display as effect executing means The apparatus 41, the speaker 46 and the various lamps 47 execute the above-described effect aspect XH3. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S4208.

  In step S4208, the initial execution completion flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the RAM 94. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S4209, the suggestion effect execution flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the RAM 94, and the first button effect XH is ended.

  The suggestion effect execution flag is that, when the button effect XH is executed a plurality of times after the visual sensation notice flag is stored, the same effect mode XH2 is executed in all of the plurality of button effects XH. Alternatively, it is a flag for specifying in the sound light side MPU 92 that the effect mode XH2 has never been executed in all of the plurality of button effects XH.

  As described in the processing of each of the following steps, after the visual sensation advance flag is stored, the suggestion effect execution flag is executed for the second and subsequent times when the effect mode XH2 is executed in the first button effect XH. When the effect mode XH3 is executed even once in the button effect XH, it is deleted. In addition, when the effect mode XH3 is executed in the first button effect XH after the visual effect notice flag is stored in the suggestion effect execution flag, the effect mode XH2 is performed even once in the second or subsequent button effect XH. Is erased if is executed. That is, when the button effect XH is executed a plurality of times after the visible feeling advance flag is stored, the same effect mode XH2 is executed in all of the plurality of button effects XH, or the plurality When the same effect mode XH3 is executed in all of the button effects XH of the times, the suggestion effect execution flag remains stored without being deleted. In the present embodiment, when setting the content of the notice effect of the game round related to the hold information determined to satisfy the occurrence condition of the notice of the feeling of visible feeling, it is determined whether or not this suggestion effect execution flag is stored. If it is determined that the suggestion effect execution flag is stored, the suggestion effect F described above is executed. On the other hand, when it is determined that the suggestion effect execution flag is not stored, the normal reach effect or the like is executed without executing the suggestion effect F. Hereinafter, the description returns to the process of each step in FIG.

  If it is determined in step S4201 that the initial execution completion flag is stored (S4201: YES), that is, if the button effect XH has already been executed at least once after the visual appearance notice flag is stored. The process proceeds to step S4210, and causes the symbol display device 41 as the effect execution means, the speaker 46, and the various lamps 47 to execute the effect aspect XH1. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S4211.

  In step S4211, it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. If it is determined in step S4211 that the effect operation button 24 has been pressed (S4211: YES), the process proceeds to step S4212, and the symbol display device 41 as the effect executing means, the speaker 46 and the various lamps 47 effect aspect XH2 Run Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S4213, and it is determined whether the button pressing flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94 or not.

  If it is determined in step S4213 that the button pressing flag is stored (S4213: YES), the second and subsequent button effects XH are ended without deleting the suggestion effect execution flag. On the other hand, when it is determined in step S4213 that the button pressing flag is not stored (S4213: NO), the process proceeds to step S4217.

  In step S4217, when the suggestion effect execution flag is stored, the suggestion effect execution flag is deleted, and the button effect XH for the second and subsequent times is ended. When the suggestion effect execution flag is not stored, the second and subsequent button effects XH are ended.

  If it is determined in step S4211 that the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed (S4211: NO), the process proceeds to step S4214 to determine whether a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S4214 that the predetermined time has not elapsed (S4214: NO), the process returns to step S4211, and it is determined whether or not the effect operation button 24 has been pressed. That is, the presence or absence of depression of the rendering operation button 24 is monitored until a predetermined time has elapsed. If it is determined in step S4214 that the predetermined time has elapsed (S4214: YES), that is, if the effect operation button 24 has not been pressed within the predetermined time, the process proceeds to step S4215, and symbol display as effect execution means The apparatus 41, the speaker 46, and the various lamps 47 execute the effect mode XH3. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S4216.

  In step S4216, it is determined whether the button pressing flag is stored in the various flag storage area 94a of the sound light side RAM 94 or not. If it is determined in step S4216 that the button pressing flag is stored (S4216: YES), the process proceeds to step S4217 described above, and if the suggestion effect execution flag is stored, the suggestion effect execution flag is erased . On the other hand, when it is determined in step S4216 that the button depression flag is not stored (S4216: NO), the second and subsequent button effects XH are ended without deleting the suggestion effect execution flag.

  According to the above-described process, it is possible to execute the suggested effect F only when the button effect XH is executed a plurality of times with the same content. The process described above is an example, and the process of the button effect XH may be realized by another algorithm.

  According to the embodiment described above, it is possible to give the player various expectations. In particular, if the pachinko machine 10 is configured such that at least two or more of the button effects XA, XB, XC, XG, and XH can be selected as effect elements for notice of a feeling of visible, the player is a button While paying attention to the rendering mode executed in the rendering, various predictions are made as to what kind of button rendering is being performed, and generation of a suggested rendering is expected. Therefore, the interest of the game can be further improved.

H. Modification:
The present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and can be carried out in various modes without departing from the scope of the invention. For example, the following modifications are possible.

H1. Modification 1:
In the above-described embodiment, the pachinko machine 10 stores the contents of the game effect or the effect element constituting the game effect executed in the most recent game run, regardless of the presence or absence of the hold information, and executes the visual notice. In such a case, the content of the effect element constituting the stored game effect or game effect may be executed in the next game run. With such a configuration, even when there is no winning information, even if there is a new winning, in the gaming round related to the winning, configure the game effect or game effect executed in the previous game round Since the effect element to be executed is executed, the effect element constituting the game effect or the game effect of the same content can be executed a plurality of times, and the player can be given a sense of sight.

H2. Modification 2:
In the above embodiment, in the case of performing the rendering element with the same content multiple times, the rendering element to be executed next may be started at the same time as the rendering element to be executed first is finished. By doing this, it is possible to give the player a stronger sense of sight.

H3. Modification 3:
In the above-described embodiment, after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the suggested effect is suggested to the player that the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times. However, before the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it may be configured to execute a pre-suggested effect that suggests to the player that the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times. . In this way, it is possible to make the player who has recognized the pre-suggested effect have a strong interest in the effect element to be executed thereafter. As a result, the player can be made to pay attention to the game effect, and the interest can be improved.

H4. Modification 4:
Other types of pachinko machines different from the above embodiments, such as a pachinko machine in which the motorized role opens a predetermined number of times when game balls enter a specific area of a special device, or a game ball enters a specific area of a special device The present invention can also be applied to gaming machines such as a pachinko machine that becomes a jackpot by generating rights and a pachinko machine equipped with other features, an arrange ball machine, and a ball.

  A non-ball-ball type game machine, for example, a plurality of reels having a plurality of kinds of symbols attached in the circumferential direction, starts the rotation of the reels by inserting medals and operating the start lever, and the stop switch is operated. If a specific symbol or a combination of specific symbols is established on an effective line visible from the display window after the reel is stopped by the passage of a predetermined time, a bonus such as payout of medals is given to the player The present invention can also be applied to slot machines.

  In addition, the gaming machine main body supported in an openable and closable manner by the outer frame is provided with the storage section and the loading device, and the start lever is operated after the predetermined number of gaming balls stored in the storage section are loaded by the loading device. The present invention can also be applied to a gaming machine in which a pachinko machine and a slot machine are integrated by starting to rotate the reels.

  Further, a part of the functions realized by software in the above embodiment may be realized by hardware, or a part of the functions realized by hardware may be realized by software.

I. About the invention group extracted from each said embodiment:
Hereinafter, the features of the invention group extracted from the above-described embodiments will be described while showing effects and the like as necessary.

<Feature A group>
The feature group A is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments or a combination thereof.
[Feature A1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information, before the special information becomes the target of the matching;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
In a gaming machine provided with
The control means
When it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the predetermined effect element is determined, and
In the effect executing means,
The execution of the determined effect element is started from the game play before the game play related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied,
A game machine characterized in that the determined effect element is executed a plurality of times with the same content until the game round related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied is ended.

  According to the feature A1, since the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to give the player a sense of deception (dejav) that the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times. . The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  In addition, according to the feature A1, even if the effect (for example, the pre-reading lamp red lighting) is not directly performed that indicates that the possibility that the benefit is given is high, the effect element with the same content It is possible to realize a game in which attention is paid to whether or not is executed a plurality of times. Therefore, the player can play the game with a high sense of expectation with respect to the effect elements sequentially executed.

  Note that the game effect is executed by outputs from a plurality of hardware, such as a speaker, a display device, a light emitting device, and physically operating characters provided in the game machine. The term "reproduction element" refers to a combination of outputs at predetermined timings by the plurality of hardware responsible for game effects. For example, one rendering element (for example, a cut-in advance presentation effect, a reach effect, etc.) is configured by the speaker, the display device, and the light emitting device outputting each at a predetermined timing. And a game production is constituted by a plurality of production elements.

  As described above, since the effect element is a combination of outputs at predetermined timings by a plurality of hardware responsible for game effects, for example, it is constituted by outputs at predetermined timings from the speaker, the display device, and the light emitting device Effect element A and effect element B in which the output by the speaker is deleted from the effect element is the same as the effect element at the predetermined timing from the display device and the light emitting device. It will be included. When the game machine executes the presentation element A, the game element B does not include the voice (output from the speaker) for the game effect A when the game element B executes the game effect B, but other hardware Since the contents of the output from (the display device and the light emitting device) are the same, it is possible to give the player a sense of sight.

[Feature A2]
The gaming machine according to feature A1,
A game machine characterized in that the control means controls the number of effect elements of the same contents to be executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature A2, the player's sense of expectation is increased or decreased by increasing or decreasing the number of effect elements of the same content to be executed a plurality of times, or the player's sense of expectation is increased, for example. Can change it.

[Feature A3]
The gaming machine according to the feature A2,
The control means is configured to execute the plurality of times in a period from when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied to when the game cycle related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied is ended. A game machine characterized in that the number of effect elements of the content of is increased with the passage of time.

  According to the feature A3, since the number of effect elements for which the player recognizes a sense of sight increases with the passage of time, the player's sense of expectation can be increased with the passage of time.

[Feature A4]
A gaming machine according to any one of features A1 to A3, further comprising:
And operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
The control means
It is possible to cause the effect executing means to execute an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player as the effect element,
A game machine characterized by not selecting the operation reception effect element as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied.

  The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times. As a result, it may not be possible to give the player a sense of sight.

  According to the feature A4, since the operation receiving effect element is not selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suppress the different contents from being executed depending on the mode of the input operation by the player. This makes it possible to give a sense of visual certainty.

[Feature A5]
A game machine according to any one of features A1 to A4, wherein
The control means is configured to indicate to the player that the effect element having the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect executing means has been performed after the effect element having the same content has been performed a plurality of times A game machine characterized by being executed by the player.

  According to the feature A5, since the effect execution means is caused to execute the suggested effect, it is possible to make the player recognize that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect element of the same content is the same. The player can be convinced that there is a special meaning to being executed multiple times.

[Feature A6]
A game machine according to any one of features A1 to A5, wherein
The effect elements are a cut-in notice effect for displaying a predetermined image in front of a background image, an object notice effect for displaying a predetermined object image in front of a background image, and a background image changed to a mode different from that at normal times. Background change notice effect to be given, character item notice effect to make a predetermined character perform a predetermined action, lamp emission effect to make various lamps emit light in a predetermined pattern, symbol row fluctuation effect to change a pattern row with a predetermined scroll pattern, At least one of reach effect for changing one remaining symbol row in a state where two identical symbols are stopped on at least one effective line, and at least one of symbol stop effects for stopping combination of predetermined symbols A game machine characterized by including.

  According to the feature A6, since it is possible to give the player a sense of sight by using various rendering elements, the player can determine whether the same content is executed a plurality of times for various rendering elements. Can be noticed.

<Feature B group>
The feature B group is extracted from the above-described embodiments or a combination thereof.
[Feature B1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
In a gaming machine provided with
The control means, when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, at least one of the effect elements before the end of the game cycle related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied. While making the effect execution means execute the same contents multiple times,
The suggestion effect that suggests to the player that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times is made to be performed by the effect execution means after the effect element of the same content has been performed a plurality of times A gaming machine characterized by having a certain feature.

  According to the feature B1, since the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to give the player a sense of deception (dejav) that the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times. . The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given.

  Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  Furthermore, since the effect execution means is made to execute the suggested effect, it is possible to make the player recognize that the effect element of the same content has been executed multiple times, and the effect element of the same content is executed multiple times. The player can be convinced that it has a special meaning.

[Feature B2]
The gaming machine according to feature B1,
A game machine characterized in that the control means controls the number of effect elements of the same contents to be executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature B2, the player's sense of expectation is increased or decreased by increasing or decreasing the number of effect elements of the same content to be executed a plurality of times, or the player's sense of expectation is increased, for example. Can change it.

[Feature B3]
The gaming machine according to feature B2,
The control means is configured to execute the plurality of times in a period from when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied to when the game cycle related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied is ended. A game machine characterized in that the number of effect elements of the content of is increased with the passage of time.

  According to the feature B3, since the number of effect elements for which the player recognizes a sense of sight increases with the passage of time, the player's sense of expectation can be increased with the passage of time.

[Feature B4]
A game machine according to any one of features B1 to B3, wherein
The determination means determines, based on at least one of the information included in the special information, whether or not the predetermined condition is satisfied, before the special information is to be matched. And
The control means
When it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the effect execution unit is executed a plurality of times from the game play before the game play related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied. A game machine characterized by starting execution of a rendering element which is an object to be played.

  According to the feature B4, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation of the feeling of visual appearance from the game play before the game play related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied.

[Feature B5]
The gaming machine according to any one of features B1 to B4, further comprising:
And operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
The control means
It is possible to cause the effect executing means to execute an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player as the effect element,
A game machine characterized by not selecting the operation reception effect element as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied.

  The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times. As a result, it may not be possible to give the player a sense of sight.

  According to the feature B5, since the operation receiving effect element is not selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suppress that different contents are executed depending on the mode of the input operation by the player. This makes it possible to give a sense of visual certainty.

[Feature B6]
A game machine according to any one of features B1 to B5, wherein
The effect elements are a cut-in notice effect for displaying a predetermined image in front of a background image, an object notice effect for displaying a predetermined object image in front of a background image, and a background image changed to a mode different from that at normal times. Background change notice effect to be given, character item notice effect to make a predetermined character perform a predetermined action, lamp emission effect to make various lamps emit light in a predetermined pattern, symbol row fluctuation effect to change a pattern row with a predetermined scroll pattern, At least one of reach effect for changing one remaining symbol row in a state where two identical symbols are stopped on at least one effective line, and at least one of symbol stop effects for stopping combination of predetermined symbols A game machine characterized by including.

  According to the feature B6, since various sense elements can be used to give a sense of sight to the player, the player is paid attention to whether or not the same content is executed a plurality of times in various effect elements. It can be done.

<Feature C group>
The feature C group is extracted from the above-described embodiments or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the first embodiment.
[Feature C1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Determining means for determining a display continuation time which is a time required for one game run;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information, before the special information becomes the target of the matching;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
In a gaming machine provided with
When it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the control means performs at least two of the plurality of game times prior to the game cycle related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition. In each game time, the effect executing means is caused to execute the effect element of the same content that can be executed within the shortest display duration time of the display duration time which can be decided by the decision means. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature C1, since the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times (at least twice), a sense of visibility (dejab) that the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times to the player Can be given. The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  Further, according to the feature C1, since the control means causes the effect executing means to execute the effect element of the same content executable within the shortest display duration time among the display duration times which can be determined by the determination means, the decision is made Even when the display continuation time of each game time determined by the means is different, the effect executing means can be made to execute the effect element of the same content in each game time.

[Feature C2]
The gaming machine according to feature C1,
The control means
If the length of the display continuation time of one game run executing the rendering element of the same content is such a length that the rendering element of the same content can be executed a plurality of times, the same during the one game circulation A game machine characterized by causing the effect executing means to execute the effect element of the contents of a plurality of times.

  According to the feature C2, since the effect element of the same content (hereinafter also referred to as effect element for visual sense notice) which is an object to be executed plural times can be executed more times, On the other hand, the sense of sight can be strongly recognized. Further, since the number of times the effect element for notice of a feeling of visual notice is executed is increased or decreased depending on the length of the display continuation time of one game time, it is possible to give a sense of expectation to the player.

  Furthermore, since the presentation element for the feeling of visual appearance notice is a presentation element executable within the shortest display continuation time of the display continuation times that can be determined by the determination means, the time required for one execution is 1 It is less than the length of the display continuation time of the game times. Therefore, even if the effect element for notice of a feeling of visual notice is executed once in one game session, an extra time may occur in the display continuation time. According to this gaming machine, in the case where the length of the display continuation time of one game turn is such that the effect element for visual sensation notice (the effect element of the same content) can be executed a plurality of times, Since the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times in one game, it is possible to minimize the remaining time of the display duration time.

[Feature C3]
A game machine according to feature C1 or feature C2, wherein
A game machine characterized in that the control means controls the number of effect elements of the same contents to be executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature C3, by increasing or decreasing the sense of expectation of the player by increasing or decreasing the number of effect elements of the same content to be executed a plurality of times, to give an impression on the sense of expectation, etc. Can change it.

[Feature C4]
The gaming machine according to the feature C3,
The control means is configured to execute the plurality of times in a period from when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied to when the game cycle related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied is ended. A game machine characterized in that the number of effect elements of the content of is increased with the passage of time.

  According to the feature C4, since the number of effect elements for which the player recognizes a sense of sight increases with the passage of time, the player's sense of expectation can be increased with the passage of time.

[Feature C5]
A gaming machine according to any one of features C1 to C4, further comprising:
And operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
The control means
It is possible to cause the effect executing means to execute an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player as the effect element,
A game machine characterized by not selecting the operation reception effect element as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied.

  The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times. As a result, it may not be possible to give the player a sense of sight.

  According to the feature C5, since the operation receiving effect element is not selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suppress the different contents from being executed depending on the mode of the input operation by the player. This makes it possible to give a sense of visual certainty.

[Feature C6]
A game machine according to any one of features C1 to C5, wherein
The control means is configured to indicate to the player that the effect element having the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect executing means has been performed after the effect element having the same content has been performed a plurality of times A game machine characterized by being executed by the player.

  According to the feature C6, since the effect execution means is made to execute the suggested effect, it is possible to make the player recognize that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect element of the same content is the same. The player can be convinced that there is a special meaning to being executed multiple times.

[Feature C7]
A game machine according to any one of features C1 to C6, wherein
The effect elements are a cut-in notice effect for displaying a predetermined image in front of a background image, an object notice effect for displaying a predetermined object image in front of a background image, and a background image changed to a mode different from that at normal times. Background change notice effect to be given, character item notice effect to make a predetermined character perform a predetermined action, lamp emission effect to make various lamps emit light in a predetermined pattern, symbol row fluctuation effect to change a pattern row with a predetermined scroll pattern, At least one of reach effect for changing one remaining symbol row in a state where two identical symbols are stopped on at least one effective line, and at least one of symbol stop effects for stopping combination of predetermined symbols A game machine characterized by including.

  According to the feature C7, since it is possible to give the player a sense of sight by using various rendering elements, the player can determine whether the same content is executed multiple times for various rendering elements. Can be noticed.

<Feature D group>
The feature D group is extracted from the above-described embodiments or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the second embodiment.
[Feature D1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information, before the special information becomes the target of the matching;
Effect execution means for executing a game effect;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
Effect storage means for storing the content of the game effect;
In a gaming machine provided with
When it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied,
The effect storage means stores the content of at least a part of the game effect executed in a game play before the game play related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied,
The control means is a game cycle after the game cycle in which the content of the game effect is stored, and is a game cycle before the game cycle related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, A game machine characterized by causing the effect execution means to reproduce the content of at least a part of the stored game effect.

  According to the feature D1, the content in at least a partial period of the executed game effect is stored, and the content in at least a partial period of the stored game effect is reproduced. It is possible to give a sense of devil (dejab) that the game effect has been executed a plurality of times. The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the game effect of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the game effect is expected in the expectation that the game effect of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the game effects with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the game effect of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the game effect to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  Further, according to the feature D1, since the content of the executed game effect is stored and reproduced, the player experiences the game effect of the completely same content. Therefore, it is easy to give the player a sense of sight.

[Feature D2]
The gaming machine according to feature D1, further comprising:
And operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
The control means
As the game effect, it is possible to cause the effect executing means to execute an operation acceptance effect including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player.
A game machine characterized by not selecting the operation acceptance effect as the game effect when making the game effect unit execute a game effect which is an object to be stored by the effect storage means.

  When the operation acceptance effect is reproduced as a game effect, it may be executed with different contents depending on the mode of the input operation by the player. As a result, it may not be possible to give the player a sense of sight.

  According to the feature D2, the operation reception effect is not selected as the game effect to be executed a plurality of times, so that different contents can be suppressed from being executed depending on the mode of the input operation by the player. It can surely give a sense of sight.

[Feature D3]
A game machine according to feature D1 or feature D2, wherein
The control means causes the effect execution means to execute suggestion effects suggesting to the player that the game effects of the same content have been reproduced, after the stored game effects are reproduced. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature D3, since the effect execution means executes the suggestion effect, it is possible to make the player recognize that the game effect of the same content is reproduced, and the game effect of the same content is reproduced. The player can be convinced that it has a special meaning.

<Feature E group>
The feature E group is extracted from the above-described embodiments or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the third embodiment.
[Feature E1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information, before the special information becomes the target of the matching;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
Determining means for determining a display continuation time which is a time required for one game run;
The total duration of the shortest display durations that can be determined by the determining means is calculated as the display duration of each of a plurality of consecutive game times prior to the game times related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition Calculation means,
In a gaming machine provided with
When the control means determines that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the control means calculates the calculation means until the game round related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied is completed. A game machine characterized by causing the effect executing means to execute an effect element of the same contents that can be executed plural times in the total time plural times.

  According to the feature E1, the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times (at least twice), so that the player feels that the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times (dejab) Can be given. The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  Further, according to the feature E1, the control means performs the effect element of the same content that can be executed a plurality of times in the total time calculated by the calculation means (total time of the shortest display duration that can be determined by the determination means). Since the effect executing means is executed a plurality of times, one effect of the effect element which is an object to be executed a plurality of times is not limited to one which can be completed within the display duration time which is the time required for one game. That is, the rendering element of the same content can be executed a plurality of times across a plurality of consecutive game times prior to the game time related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition. For example, it is also possible to execute one game effect element which is an object to be executed a plurality of times, across game times. Therefore, when selecting a rendering element to be executed a plurality of times, it is possible to select without taking into consideration the execution time of one of the rendering elements.

  Furthermore, since the effect element of the same content that can be executed a plurality of times is executed a plurality of times in the total time of the shortest display durations that can be determined by the determination means, the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times The time required for the game is less than or equal to the total duration of the display durations of the actual game times. Therefore, when the effect element of the same content is executed multiple times across a plurality of consecutive game times prior to the game time related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition, time shortage will occur. It is possible to avoid and reliably execute the rendering element of the same content multiple times.

[Feature E2]
The gaming machine according to the feature E1,
A game machine characterized in that the control means controls the number of effect elements of the same contents to be executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature E2, the player's sense of expectation is increased or decreased by increasing or decreasing the number of effect elements of the same content to be executed a plurality of times, and the player's sense of expectation such as giving an expectation to the expectation. Can change it.

[Feature E3]
The gaming machine according to the feature E2,
The control means is configured to execute the plurality of times in a period from when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied to when the game cycle related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied is ended. A game machine characterized by increasing the number of effect elements of the content of with the passage of time.

  According to the feature E3, since the number of effect elements for which the player recognizes a sense of sight increases with the passage of time, the player's sense of expectation can be increased with the passage of time.

[Feature E4]
A game machine according to any one of features E1 to E3, further comprising:
And operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
The control means
It is possible to cause the effect executing means to execute an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player as the effect element,
A game machine characterized by not selecting the operation reception effect element as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied.

  The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times. As a result, it may not be possible to give the player a sense of sight.

  According to the feature E4, since the operation receiving effect element is not selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suppress the different contents from being executed depending on the mode of the input operation by the player. This makes it possible to give a sense of visual certainty.

[Feature E5]
A game machine according to any one of features E1 to E4, wherein
The control means is configured to indicate to the player that the effect element having the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect executing means has been performed after the effect element having the same content has been performed a plurality of times A game machine characterized by being executed by the player.

  According to the feature E5, since the effect execution means is made to execute the suggested effect, it is possible to make the player recognize that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect element of the same content is the same. The player can be convinced that there is a special meaning to being executed multiple times.

[Feature E6]
A game machine according to any one of features E1 to E5, wherein
The effect elements are a cut-in notice effect for displaying a predetermined image in front of a background image, an object notice effect for displaying a predetermined object image in front of a background image, and a background image changed to a mode different from that at normal times. Background change notice effect to be given, character item notice effect to make a predetermined character perform a predetermined action, lamp emission effect to make various lamps emit light in a predetermined pattern, symbol row fluctuation effect to change a pattern row with a predetermined scroll pattern, At least one of reach effect for changing one remaining symbol row in a state where two identical symbols are stopped on at least one effective line, and at least one of symbol stop effects for stopping combination of predetermined symbols A game machine characterized by including.

  According to the feature E6, since it is possible to give the player a sense of sight by using various rendering elements, the player can determine whether the same content is executed a plurality of times with respect to the various rendering elements. Can be noticed.

<Feature F group>
The feature F group is extracted from the above-described embodiments or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the fourth embodiment.
[Feature F1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Determining means for determining a display continuation time which is a time required for one game run;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
In a gaming machine provided with
When the control means determines that the predetermined condition is satisfied, at least one game among the game times before the game time related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition. A game machine characterized by causing the effect executing means to execute an effect element that can be executed a plurality of times in the display continuation time of the game times a plurality of times with the same content.

According to the feature F1, since the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to give the player a sense of debating (dejav) that the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times. .
The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given.
Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation.
Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

  Further, according to the feature F1, since the effect element that can be executed a plurality of times in the display continuation time of the game times is executed a plurality of times in at least one game time, the player feels a sense of sight Can be given one game time.

[Feature F2]
The gaming machine according to feature F1,
A game machine characterized in that the control means controls the number of effect elements of the same contents to be executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature F2, the player's sense of expectation is increased or decreased by increasing or decreasing the number of effect elements of the same content to be executed a plurality of times, and the player's sense of expectation such as giving an impression on the expectation. Can change it.

[Feature F3]
The gaming machine according to feature F2,
When the control means determines that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the game according to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied after it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied. A game machine characterized in that the number of effect elements of the same content to be executed a plurality of times is increased with the lapse of time in a period until the end of a cycle.

  According to the feature F3, since the number of effect elements for which the player recognizes a sense of sight increases with the passage of time, the player's sense of expectation can be increased with the passage of time.

[Feature F4]
A gaming machine according to any one of features F1 to F3;
The determination means determines, based on at least one of the information included in the special information, whether or not the predetermined condition is satisfied, before the special information is to be matched. And
The control means
When it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the effect execution unit is executed a plurality of times from the game play before the game play related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied. A game machine characterized by starting execution of a rendering element which is an object to be played.

  According to the feature F4, it is possible to give the player a sense of anticipation of the feeling of visual appearance from the game play before the game play related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied.

[Feature F5]
A game machine according to any one of features F1 to F4, wherein
The control means is configured to indicate to the player that the effect element having the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect executing means has been performed after the effect element having the same content has been performed a plurality of times A game machine characterized by being executed by the player.

  According to the feature F5, since the effect execution means executes the suggested effect, it is possible to make the player recognize that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect element of the same content is the same. The player can be convinced that there is a special meaning to being executed multiple times.

[Feature F6]
A gaming machine according to any one of features F1 to F5, wherein
The effect elements are a cut-in notice effect for displaying a predetermined image in front of a background image, an object notice effect for displaying a predetermined object image in front of a background image, and a background image changed to a mode different from that at normal times. Background change notice effect to be given, character item notice effect to make a predetermined character perform a predetermined action, lamp emission effect to make various lamps emit light in a predetermined pattern, symbol row fluctuation effect to change a pattern row with a predetermined scroll pattern, At least one of reach effect for changing one remaining symbol row in a state where two identical symbols are stopped on at least one effective line, and at least one of symbol stop effects for stopping combination of predetermined symbols A game machine characterized by including.

  According to the feature F6, since various sense elements can be used to give the player a sense of sight, the player is paid attention to whether or not the same content is executed a plurality of times in various effect elements. It can be done.

<Feature G group>
The feature G group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the fifth embodiment.
[Feature G1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information, before the special information becomes the target of the matching;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
Determining means for determining a display continuation time which is a time required for one game run;
In a gaming machine provided with
The determining means is configured to display a display duration of a predetermined length for at least two game times among a plurality of game times prior to the game time related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition. To secure
The control means executes the effect element of the same content in each of the plurality of game times among the plurality of game times before the game time related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied. A game machine characterized by being executed by means.

  According to the feature G1, the effect element of the same content can be executed in each of the at least two game times in which the duration of the predetermined length is secured by the determination means. Since the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to give the player a sense of debating (dejab) that the rendering element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times. The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

[Feature G2]
The gaming machine according to feature G1,
When the determination means determines that the predetermined condition is satisfied, at least two games of the plurality of game times before the game time related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied. It is for securing display continuation time of predetermined length for times,
The control means causes the effect executing means to execute the effect elements of the same contents that can be executed in each game turn in which the display continuation time of the predetermined length is secured by the determination means. A gaming machine characterized by having a certain feature.

  According to the feature G2, since the control means causes the effect executing means to execute the effect elements of the same contents that can be executed in each game time in which the determining means secures the display duration of the predetermined length, the effect executing means is The time required to execute the same effect element can be prevented from running short at each game time, and the effect element of the same content can be surely executed at each game time.

[Feature G3]
A gaming machine according to feature G1,
When it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the control means performs at least two of a plurality of game times before the game time related to the special information that is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied. It is to make the effect executing means execute the effect element of the same content in the game time,
In the determination means, the effect execution means has the same content with respect to at least two game times among a plurality of game times before the game time related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied. A game machine characterized by securing a display continuation time of a length which can execute a rendering element.

  According to the feature G3, since the determination means secures the display continuation time of the length in which the effect execution means can execute the effect element of the same content, the time required for the effect execution means to execute the same effect element However, it is possible to avoid running short in each game time, and to execute the rendering element of the same contents surely in each game time.

[Feature G4]
A game machine according to any one of features G1 to G3.
A game machine characterized in that the control means controls the number of effect elements of the same contents to be executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature G4, the player's sense of expectation is increased or decreased by increasing or decreasing the number of effect elements having the same content to be executed a plurality of times, or the tonality is given to the expectation, etc. Can change it.

[Feature G5]
A gaming machine according to feature G4,
The control means is configured to execute the plurality of times in a period from when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied to when the game cycle related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied is ended. A game machine characterized in that the number of effect elements of the content of is increased with the passage of time.

  According to the feature G5, since the number of effect elements for which the player recognizes a sense of sight increases with the passage of time, the player's sense of expectation can be increased with the passage of time.

[Feature G6]
A gaming machine according to any one of features G1 to G5, wherein
And operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
The control means
It is possible to cause the effect executing means to execute an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player as the effect element,
A game machine characterized by not selecting the operation reception effect element as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied.

  The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times. As a result, it may not be possible to give the player a sense of sight.

  According to the feature G6, since the operation receiving effect element is not selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suppress that different contents are executed depending on the mode of the input operation by the player. This makes it possible to give a sense of visual certainty.

[Feature G7]
A game machine according to any one of features G1 to G6, wherein
The control means is configured to indicate to the player that the effect element having the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect executing means has been performed after the effect element having the same content has been performed a plurality of times A game machine characterized by being executed by the player.

  According to the feature G7, since the effect execution means executes the suggested effect, it is possible to make the player recognize that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect element of the same content is the same. The player can be convinced that there is a special meaning to being executed multiple times.

[Feature G8]
A gaming machine according to any one of features G1 to G7, wherein
The effect elements are a cut-in notice effect for displaying a predetermined image in front of a background image, an object notice effect for displaying a predetermined object image in front of a background image, and a background image changed to a mode different from that at normal times. Background change notice effect to be given, character item notice effect to make a predetermined character perform a predetermined action, lamp emission effect to make various lamps emit light in a predetermined pattern, symbol row fluctuation effect to change a pattern row with a predetermined scroll pattern, At least one of reach effect for changing one remaining symbol row in a state where two identical symbols are stopped on at least one effective line, and at least one of symbol stop effects for stopping combination of predetermined symbols A game machine characterized by including.

  According to the feature G8, it is possible to give the player a sense of sight by using various rendering elements, so the player can determine whether the same content is executed a plurality of times for various rendering elements. Can be noticed.

<Feature H group>
The feature H group is extracted from the above-described embodiments or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the sixth embodiment.
[Feature H1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
Time acquisition means for acquiring time information;
In a gaming machine provided with
The control means
The effect execution means is configured to cause the effect executing means to execute a time interlocking effect element which is continuously executed with the passage of time based on the time information as the effect element,
In the case where it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the execution of the time-linked effect element is started by the end of the game cycle related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied. In this case, the effect executing means may have a plurality of the time interlocking effect elements to be executed in at least a part of the period until the game round related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition is completed. A gaming machine characterized by being executed once.

  According to the feature H1, since the time-linked effect element performed in at least a part of the period is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to provide the player with an effect with a new interest. In addition, since the time-linked effect element performed in at least a part of the period is executed a plurality of times, the player feels that the time-linked effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times (dejab) Can be given.

  The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that a benefit is given after the time-linked effect element has been executed a plurality of times, the time-linked effect element is executed in anticipation of the time effect element being performed a plurality of times. Always come to pay attention to the time-linked production elements with a high sense of expectation at all times. Therefore, it is possible to make the player pay attention to whether or not the time-linked effect element is executed a plurality of times, and to suitably increase the player's attention to the time-linked effect element executed based on the time information. The interest of the game can be improved.

  If a plurality of gaming machines provided with the feature H1 are installed in the gaming hall, the gaming machine fulfilling the predetermined condition and the gaming machine not satisfying the predetermined condition have the same time interlocking effect element from the same time Even when is started, there is a time difference (shift) in the time-linked effect element to be executed. Therefore, it is possible to give a sense of superiority to a player who is playing a game with a gaming machine that satisfies a predetermined condition.

[Feature H2]
The gaming machine according to the feature H1,
The control means sets a specific temporal position of the time-linked effect element having a predetermined temporal length as a start position when the time-dependent effect element is executed by the effect executing means a plurality of times. A gaming machine characterized by having a certain feature.

  According to the feature H2, since the time-linked effect element is executed a plurality of times with the specific temporal position as the start position, the player has already been strong with respect to the part after the specific temporal position of the time-linked effect element. The visual sensation can be recognized.

[Feature H3]
The gaming machine according to feature H2,
The determination means determines, based on at least one of the information included in the special information, whether or not the predetermined condition is satisfied, before the special information is to be matched. And
The control means is a game cycle in which execution is started after it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, and the game time before the game cycle related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied. The game is characterized by causing the effect executing means to execute the time-linked effect element with the specific temporal position as the start position, triggered by the timing of starting at least two of the game times. Machine.

  According to the feature H3, it is possible to give the player a stronger sense of sight by synchronizing the timing of the start of each time-linked effect element executed a plurality of times and the timing of the start of the game round.

[Feature H4]
It is a game machine according to feature H2 or feature 3,
The control means stores, as the specific temporal position, the temporal position of the time-linked effect element being executed at the timing when the game play is started after it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied. A gaming machine characterized by being.

  Temporarily, when the specific temporal position is set at the end of the time interlocking effect element, when the time interlocking effect element is started from the specific temporal position, the time interlocking effect element corresponding to the specific temporal position is , It may not be executed even once at the timing of the start of the first game time of at least two game times. In this case, the time-linked effect element, which was being executed as a continuous series of flows until the first gaming round is started, is suddenly interrupted at the start of the first gaming round and is executed even once. The time-linked effect element will be started and executed from a specific temporal position that is not present.

  According to the feature H4, the game times after it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, in other words, the time-linked effect being executed at the timing when the first game time of the at least two game times is started Since the temporal position of the element is stored as a specific temporal position, and the stored specific temporal position is used as the start position of the second or later time-linked effect element among multiple executions, The temporal position, which has been executed once as a continuous series of flows, can be used as the second and subsequent start positions of the time-linked effect element that is executed a plurality of times. Therefore, the time-linked effect element, which has been executed as a continuous series of flows until the first game run is started, is prevented from being suddenly interrupted at the start of the first game run, and is executed even once. It is possible to avoid that the time-linked effect element is started and executed from a specific temporal position that is not present.

[Feature H5]
A game machine according to any one of features H1 to H4, wherein
The control means
As the effect element, it is possible to cause the effect executing means to execute a non-time interlocking effect element that is executed without being based on the time information,
When it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, and the non-time interlocking rendering element is executed together with the time interlocking rendering element, the time interlocking rendering performed at least in a partial period The element and the non-time interlocking effect element are characterized in that the effect execution means is caused to execute a plurality of times until the game round related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition is completed. A gaming machine to be.

  According to the feature H5, in addition to the time-link effect element, the non-time-link effect element is also executed a plurality of times, so that the player can be given a stronger sense of sight.

[Feature H6]
The gaming machine according to feature H5,
A game machine characterized in that the control means controls the number of the non-time interlocking effect elements to be executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature 6, by increasing or decreasing the number of non-time-linked effect elements to be executed a plurality of times, the player's sense of expectation is increased or decreased, or the expectation of the player is given an impression. It can give change.

[Feature H7]
A gaming machine according to feature H6,
The control means executes the plurality of times in a period from when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied to when the game cycle related to the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied is ended. A game machine characterized by increasing the number of non-time-locked effect elements with the passage of time.

  According to the feature H7, since the number of non-time interlocking rendering elements, which is one of the rendering elements for which the player recognizes a feeling of sight, increases with the passage of time, the player's sense of expectation is with the passage of time. It can be increased.

[Feature H8]
A gaming machine according to any one of features H1 to H7, wherein
And operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
The control means
It is possible to cause the effect executing means to execute an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player as the effect element,
A game machine characterized by not selecting the operation acceptance effect element as the non-time interlocking effect element to be executed a plurality of times when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied.

  The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times. As a result, it may not be possible to give the player a sense of sight.

  According to the feature H8, since the operation receiving effect element is not selected as the non-time interlocking effect element to be executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suppress different contents being executed depending on the mode of the input operation by the player. People can be given a sense of visual certainty.

[Feature H9]
A gaming machine according to any one of features H1 to H8,
The control means is configured to indicate to the player that the effect element having the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect executing means has been performed after the effect element having the same content has been performed a plurality of times A game machine characterized by being executed by the player.

  According to the feature H9, since the effect execution means executes the suggested effect, it is possible to make the player recognize that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect element of the same content is the same. The player can be convinced that there is a special meaning to being executed multiple times.

[Feature H10]
A gaming machine according to any one of features H1 to H9,
The effect elements are a cut-in notice effect for displaying a predetermined image in front of a background image, an object notice effect for displaying a predetermined object image in front of a background image, and a background image changed to a mode different from that at normal times. Background change notice effect to be given, character item notice effect to make a predetermined character perform a predetermined action, lamp emission effect to make various lamps emit light in a predetermined pattern, symbol row fluctuation effect to change a pattern row with a predetermined scroll pattern, At least one of reach effect for changing one remaining symbol row in a state where two identical symbols are stopped on at least one effective line, and at least one of symbol stop effects for stopping combination of predetermined symbols A game machine characterized by including.

  According to the feature H10, since it is possible to give the player a sense of sight by using various rendering elements, the player can determine whether the same content is executed a plurality of times with respect to the various rendering elements. Can be noticed.

<Feature I group>
The feature group I is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from Example 1 of the seventh embodiment.
[Feature I1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
Operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
In a gaming machine provided with
The control means
If it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, at least one effect element is used as the effect executing means until the game round related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition is completed. Run multiple times,
When an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As control for causing the effect executing means to execute the first operation acceptance effect element,
The operation mode of the input operation received by the operation receiving means has a predetermined operation condition after the effect executing means has executed the first effect mode including the content suggesting the acceptance of the input operation by the player. When satisfied, the effect executing means is caused to execute a second effect mode different from the first effect mode,
If the operation mode does not satisfy the operation condition after the first effect mode is executed by the effect executing means, the second effect mode is not executed by the effect executing means,
As control for causing the effect execution means to execute the second and subsequent operation acceptance effect elements,
When the second effect mode is executed when the effect execution means executes the operation receiving effect element for the first time:
Even if the operation mode satisfies or does not satisfy the operation condition after the first effect mode is executed by the effect executing means, the second effect mode can be changed to the second effect mode. Let the production execution means execute
When the second effect mode is not executed when the effect execution means executes the first operation receiving effect element,
Even if the operation mode satisfies or does not satisfy the operation condition after the first effect mode is executed by the effect executing means, the second effect mode can be changed to the second effect mode. A game machine characterized in that the effect execution means is not allowed to execute.

  The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the operation mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature I1, regardless of the operation mode of the input operation by the player, when the second effect mode is executed in the first operation acceptance effect element, the second operation acceptance effect element in the second and subsequent times If the second rendering mode is not performed in the first operation receiving rendering element, the second rendering mode is not performed in the second and subsequent operation receiving rendering elements, Even when the operation acceptance effect element is executed a plurality of times, the contents of the operation acceptance effect element to be executed first and second can be made the same. Then, it is possible to give the player a sense of appearance (dejav) that the operation receiving effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times.

  The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

[Feature I2]
It is a game machine according to feature I1,
The control means
As control for causing the effect executing means to execute the first operation acceptance effect element,
When the operation mode satisfies the operation condition within a predetermined time, the second effect mode is executed by the effect executing means when the operation mode satisfies the operation condition.
As control for causing the effect execution means to execute the second and subsequent operation acceptance effect elements,
It is a case where the second effect mode is executed when the effect executing means performs the first operation receiving effect element, and the effect executing means performs the first effect mode. Later, when the operation mode satisfies the operation condition within the predetermined time, the second effect mode is executed by the effect executing unit in response to the operation mode satisfying the operation condition.
It is a case where the second effect mode is executed when the effect executing means performs the first operation receiving effect element, and the effect executing means performs the first effect mode. Later, when the operation mode does not satisfy the operation condition within the predetermined time, the second effect mode is caused to be executed by the effect executing means, triggered by the passage of the predetermined time. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature I2, when the operation mode of the input operation by the player satisfies the predetermined operation condition within the predetermined time, the second effect mode is triggered by the operation mode satisfying the predetermined operation condition. Since it is executed, the player can be actively involved in the operation reception effect element, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game. Further, even when the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the predetermined operation condition within the predetermined time, the second effect mode can be executed when the predetermined time has elapsed. . Furthermore, even when the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the predetermined operation condition within the predetermined time, the second effect mode is executed, so that unexpectedness can be given to the game. The interest of the game can be improved.

[Feature I3]
A game machine according to feature I1 or feature I2, wherein
The control means
When it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, and when the operation acceptance effect element is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As a control to cause the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element a plurality of times, the effect execution means does not display a time parameter indicating whether it is within a time when the input operation can be accepted. A game machine that features it.

  The player may perform the input operation at different timings in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times. Here, when the time parameter is displayed on the effect execution means, the player recognizes that the input operation has been performed at different timings in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times, and the same content is used. Even if the operation receiving effect element is executed a plurality of times, there is a possibility that it is difficult for the player to feel a sense of visual perception with respect to the operation receiving effect element executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature I3, since the time parameter is not displayed on the effect execution means when causing the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element a plurality of times, it is suppressed that the player is unlikely to feel a sense of visual appearance Can.

[Feature I4]
A game machine according to any one of features I1 to I3, further comprising:
It comprises changing means for changing the mode of the operation receiving means to the mode when the player has received the input operation.
The control means
When the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the operation condition, and the second effect mode is executed by the effect executing means,
The control means controls the changing means to change the mode of the operation receiving means to the mode of the operation receiving means when the input operation satisfying the operation condition is received from the player. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature I4, since the aspect of the operation receiving means changes, it is possible to give a surprise to the game. Furthermore, it is possible to have persuasiveness that the second effect mode is executed even though the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the predetermined operation condition.

[Feature I5]
A gaming machine according to any one of features I1 to I4, wherein
The determination means determines whether or not the predetermined information is satisfied before the special information becomes the target of the comparison.
The control means, when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the effect execution means before the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition becomes the target of the matching. A game machine characterized by starting execution of a rendering element which is a target to be executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature I5, since the execution of the effect element which is the target to be performed a plurality of times is started before the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied becomes the target of the collation. The player can be given a sense of anticipation for a sense of sight.

[Feature I6]
A gaming machine according to any one of features I1 to I5, wherein
The control means may cause the player to perform a suggestion effect that suggests to the player that the operation reception effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, to the effect execution means after the operation reception effect element is performed a plurality of times A game machine characterized by being to be executed.

  According to the feature I6, since the effect execution means executes the suggested effect, it is possible to make the player recognize that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect element of the same content is the same. The player can be convinced that there is a special meaning to being executed multiple times.

<Feature J group>
The feature J group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from Example 2 of the seventh embodiment.
[Feature J1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
Operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
In a gaming machine provided with
The control means
If it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, at least one effect element is used as the effect executing means until the game round related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition is completed. Run multiple times,
When an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As control for causing the effect executing means to execute the first operation acceptance effect element,
The operation mode of the input operation received by the operation receiving means has a predetermined operation condition after the effect executing means has executed the first effect mode including the content suggesting the acceptance of the input operation by the player. When satisfied, the effect executing means is caused to execute a second effect mode different from the first effect mode,
When the operation mode does not satisfy the operation condition after causing the effect executing means to execute the first effect mode, a third effect mode different from the first and second effect modes is selected. To be executed by the effect executing means,
As control for causing the effect execution means to execute the second and subsequent operation acceptance effect elements,
When the second effect mode is executed when the effect execution means executes the operation receiving effect element for the first time:
Even if the operation mode satisfies or does not satisfy the operation condition after the first effect mode is executed by the effect executing means, the second effect mode can be changed to the second effect mode. Let the production execution means execute
When the third effect mode is executed when the effect execution means performs the first operation receiving effect element, the third effect mode is executed:
After the first effect mode is executed by the effect executing means, the third effect mode is selected whether the operation mode satisfies or does not satisfy the operation condition. A game machine characterized by being executed by an effect execution means.

  The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the operation mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature J1, regardless of the operation mode of the input operation by the player, when the second effect mode is executed in the first operation acceptance effect element, the second operation acceptance effect element in the second and subsequent times When the third rendering mode is executed in the first operation receiving rendering element, the third rendering mode is executed in the second and subsequent operation receiving rendering elements. Even when the operation acceptance effect element is executed a plurality of times, the contents of the operation acceptance effect element to be executed first and second can be made the same. Then, it is possible to give the player a sense of appearance (dejav) that the operation receiving effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times.

  The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

[Feature J2]
The gaming machine according to the feature J1,
The control means
As control for causing the effect executing means to execute the first operation acceptance effect element,
When the operation mode satisfies the operation condition within a predetermined time, the second effect mode is executed by the effect executing unit in response to the operation mode satisfying the operation condition.
When the operation mode does not satisfy the operation condition within the predetermined time, the third effect mode is executed by the effect executing means when the predetermined time elapses.
As control for causing the effect execution means to execute the second and subsequent operation acceptance effect elements,
It is a case where the second effect mode is executed when the effect executing means performs the first operation receiving effect element, and the effect executing means performs the first effect mode. Later, when the operation mode satisfies the operation condition within the predetermined time, the second effect mode is executed by the effect executing unit in response to the operation mode satisfying the operation condition.
It is a case where the second effect mode is executed when the effect executing means performs the first operation receiving effect element, and the effect executing means performs the first effect mode. Later, when the operation mode does not satisfy the operation condition within the predetermined time, the effect executing means is caused to execute the second effect mode triggered by the passage of the predetermined time.
It is a case where the third effect mode is executed when the effect executing means performs the first operation receiving effect element, and the effect executing means performs the first effect mode. Later, when the operation mode satisfies the operation condition within the predetermined time, the third effect mode is executed by the effect executing unit in response to the operation mode satisfying the operation condition.
It is a case where the third effect mode is executed when the effect executing means performs the first operation receiving effect element, and the effect executing means performs the first effect mode. After that, when the operation mode does not satisfy the operation condition within the predetermined time, the third effect mode is executed by the effect executing means when the predetermined time has elapsed. A game machine characterized by

  According to the feature J2, when the operation mode of the input operation by the player satisfies the predetermined operation condition within the predetermined time, the second or third operation mode is triggered by the operation mode satisfying the predetermined operation condition. Since the effect mode is executed, the player can be actively involved in the operation receiving effect element, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game. In addition, even when the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the predetermined operation condition within the predetermined time, the second or third effect mode is executed when the predetermined time has elapsed. be able to. Furthermore, even if the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the predetermined operation condition within the predetermined time, the second or third effect mode is executed, so giving surprise to the game. Can improve the interest of the game.

[Feature J3]
A game machine according to feature J1 or feature J2, wherein
The control means
When it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, and when the operation acceptance effect element is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As a control to cause the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element a plurality of times, the effect execution means does not display a time parameter indicating whether it is within a time when the input operation can be accepted. A game machine that features it.

  The player may perform the input operation at different timings in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times. Here, when the time parameter is displayed on the effect execution means, the player recognizes that the input operation has been performed at different timings in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times, and the same content is used. Even if the operation receiving effect element is executed a plurality of times, there is a possibility that it is difficult for the player to feel a sense of visual perception with respect to the operation receiving effect element executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature J3, since the time parameter is not displayed on the effect execution means when causing the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element a plurality of times, it is suppressed that the player is unlikely to feel a sense of visual appearance. Can.

[Feature J4]
A gaming machine according to any one of features J1 to J3, further comprising:
It comprises changing means for changing the mode of the operation receiving means to the mode when the player has received the input operation.
The control means
When the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the operation condition, and the second effect mode is executed by the effect executing means,
The control means controls the changing means to change the mode of the operation receiving means to the mode of the operation receiving means when the input operation satisfying the operation condition is received from the player. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature J4, since the mode of the operation receiving means changes, it is possible to impart unexpectedness to the game, and the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the predetermined operation condition. It can be convincing that the second rendering mode is executed.

[Feature J5]
A game machine according to any one of features J1 to J4, wherein
The determination means determines whether or not the predetermined information is satisfied before the special information becomes the target of the comparison.
The control means, when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the effect execution means before the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition becomes the target of the matching. A game machine characterized by starting execution of a rendering element which is a target to be executed a plurality of times.

According to the feature J5, since the execution of the effect element which is the object to be executed a plurality of times is started before the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied becomes the object of the collation. The player can be given a sense of anticipation for a sense of sight.
[Feature J6]
A game machine according to any one of features J1 to J5, wherein
The control means may cause the player to perform a suggestion effect that suggests to the player that the operation reception effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, to the effect execution means after the operation reception effect element is performed a plurality of times A game machine characterized by being to be executed.

  According to the feature J6, since the effect execution means executes the suggested effect, it is possible to make the player recognize that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect element of the same content is the same. The player can be convinced that there is a special meaning to being executed multiple times.

<Feature K group>
The feature K group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from Example 3 of the seventh embodiment.
[Feature K1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
Operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
In a gaming machine provided with
The control means
If it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, at least one effect element is used as the effect executing means until the game round related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition is completed. Run multiple times,
When an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As control for causing the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element,
The operation mode of the input operation received by the operation receiving means has a predetermined operation condition after the effect executing means has executed the first effect mode including the content suggesting the acceptance of the input operation by the player. A game machine characterized by causing the effect executing means to execute a second effect mode different from the first effect mode, in either of the case where the condition is satisfied and the case where the condition is not satisfied.

  The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the operation mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times.

According to the feature K1, regardless of the operation mode of the input operation by the player, the second effect mode is executed after the first effect mode is executed, so that the operation receiving effect element is executed a plurality of times Even in this case, it is possible to make the contents of the operation acceptance effect elements to be executed first and second times the same.
Then, it is possible to give the player a sense of appearance (dejav) that the operation receiving effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times.

  The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

[Feature K2]
The gaming machine according to the feature K1,
The control means
As control for causing the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element,
When the operation mode satisfies the operation condition within a predetermined time, the second effect mode is executed by the effect executing unit in response to the operation mode satisfying the operation condition.
When the operation mode does not satisfy the operation condition within the predetermined time, the second effect mode is caused to be executed by the effect executing means when the predetermined time has elapsed. A gaming machine to be.

  According to the feature K2, when the operation mode of the input operation by the player satisfies the predetermined operation condition within the predetermined time, the second effect mode is triggered by the operation mode satisfying the predetermined operation condition. Since it is executed, the player can be actively involved in the operation reception effect element, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game. Further, even when the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the predetermined operation condition within the predetermined time, the second effect mode can be executed when the predetermined time has elapsed. . Furthermore, even when the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the predetermined operation condition within the predetermined time, the second effect mode is executed, so that unexpectedness can be given to the game. The interest of the game can be improved.

[Feature K3]
A game machine according to feature K1 or feature K2, wherein
The control means
When it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, and when the operation acceptance effect element is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As a control to cause the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element a plurality of times, the effect execution means does not display a time parameter indicating whether it is within a time when the input operation can be accepted. A game machine that features it.

  The player may perform the input operation at different timings in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times. Here, when the time parameter is displayed on the effect execution means, the player recognizes that the input operation has been performed at different timings in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times, and the same content is used. Even if the operation receiving effect element is executed a plurality of times, there is a possibility that it is difficult for the player to feel a sense of visual perception with respect to the operation receiving effect element executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature K3, since the time parameter is not displayed on the effect execution means when causing the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element a plurality of times, it is suppressed that the player is unlikely to feel a sense of visual appearance. Can.

[Feature K4]
A game machine according to any one of features K1 to K3, further comprising:
It comprises changing means for changing the mode of the operation receiving means to the mode when the player has received the input operation.
The control means
When the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the operation condition, and the second effect mode is executed by the effect executing means,
The control means controls the changing means to change the mode of the operation receiving means to the mode of the operation receiving means when the input operation satisfying the operation condition is received from the player. Gaming machine.

  According to the feature K4, since the mode of the operation receiving means changes, unexpectedness can be given to the game, and the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the predetermined operation condition. It can be convincing that the second rendering mode is executed.

[Feature K5]
A game machine according to any one of features K1 to K4,
The determination means determines whether or not the predetermined information is satisfied before the special information becomes the target of the comparison.
The control means, when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the effect execution means before the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition becomes the target of the matching. A game machine characterized by starting execution of a rendering element which is a target to be executed a plurality of times.

According to the feature K5, since the execution of the effect element which is the target to be performed a plurality of times is started before the special information determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied becomes the target of the collation. The player can be given a sense of anticipation for a sense of sight.
[Feature K6]
A game machine according to any one of features K1 to K5, wherein
The control means may cause the player to perform a suggestion effect that suggests to the player that the operation reception effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, to the effect execution means after the operation reception effect element is performed a plurality of times A game machine characterized by being to be executed.

  According to the feature K6, since the effect execution means is caused to execute the suggested effect, it is possible to make the player recognize that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect element of the same content is the same. The player can be convinced that there is a special meaning to being executed multiple times.

<Feature L group>
The feature L group is extracted from each of the embodiments described above or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from Example 4 of the seventh embodiment.
[Feature L1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
Operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
In a gaming machine provided with
The control means
If it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, at least one effect element is used as the effect executing means until the game round related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition is completed. Run multiple times,
When an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As control for causing the effect executing means to execute the first operation acceptance effect element,
It is a selection screen that includes a content that suggests acceptance of the input operation by the player and allows the player to select one of a plurality of options, and the operation of the input operation accepted by the operation receiving unit While displaying the selection screen on which the selection state is switched every time the mode satisfies the predetermined operation condition on the effect execution means,
The effect executing means is made to execute the effect mode corresponding to the option selected at the timing when the predetermined time has elapsed,
As control for causing the effect execution means to execute the second and subsequent operation acceptance effect elements,
While displaying the same selection screen as the first selection screen displayed on the effect execution means,
A game machine characterized by causing the effect executing means to execute the same effect mode as the effect mode corresponding to the first selected option at the timing when the predetermined time has elapsed.

  The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the operation mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature L1, regardless of the operation mode of the input operation by the player, in the operation reception effect elements executed in the second and subsequent times, the same effect mode as the effect mode performed in the first operation reception effect element Since the process is performed, even when the operation receiving effect element is performed a plurality of times, the contents of the operation receiving effect element performed in the first time and the second time or later can be made the same. Then, it is possible to give the player a sense of appearance (dejav) that the operation receiving effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times.

  The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

[Feature L2]
The gaming machine according to feature L1,
A game machine characterized in that the selection screen has the same mode before and after the selection state is switched.

  According to the feature L2, when the operation receiving effect element is executed a plurality of times, the same effect mode is executed from the selection screen of the same mode, thereby providing the player with a stronger sense of sight. Can.

[Feature L3]
A gaming machine according to feature L1 or feature L2, wherein
The control means
When it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, and when the operation acceptance effect element is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As a control to cause the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element a plurality of times, the effect execution means does not display a time parameter indicating whether it is within a time when the input operation can be accepted. A game machine that features it.

  The player may perform the input operation at different timings in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times. Here, when the time parameter is displayed on the effect execution means, the player recognizes that the input operation has been performed at different timings in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times, and the same content is used. Even if the operation receiving effect element is executed a plurality of times, there is a possibility that it is difficult for the player to feel a sense of visual perception with respect to the operation receiving effect element executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature L3, since the time parameter is not displayed on the effect execution means when causing the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element a plurality of times, it is suppressed that the player is unlikely to feel a sense of visual appearance Can.

[Feature L4]
A gaming machine according to any one of features L1 to L3;
The determination means determines whether or not the predetermined information is satisfied before the special information becomes the target of the comparison.
The control means, when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the effect execution means before the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition becomes the target of the matching. A game machine characterized by starting execution of a rendering element which is a target to be executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature L4, the execution of the effect element which is the object to be performed a plurality of times is started before the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition is the object of the comparison. The player can be given a sense of anticipation for a sense of sight.

[Feature L5]
A gaming machine according to any one of features L1 to L4,
The control means may cause the player to perform a suggestion effect that suggests to the player that the operation reception effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, to the effect execution means after the operation reception effect element is performed a plurality of times A game machine characterized by being to be executed.

  According to the feature L5, since the effect execution means is made to execute the suggested effect, it is possible to make the player recognize that the effect element of the same content has been executed multiple times, and the effect element of the same content is the same. The player can be convinced that there is a special meaning to being executed multiple times.

<Feature M group>
The feature M group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the fifth example of the seventh embodiment.
[Feature M1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
Operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
In a gaming machine provided with
The control means
If it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, at least one effect element is used as the effect executing means until the game round related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition is completed. Run multiple times,
When an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As control for causing the effect executing means to execute the first operation acceptance effect element,
A selection screen that allows the player to select one of the effect modes from among a plurality of effect modes, including a content that suggests acceptance of the input operation by the player, wherein the selection state is switched with the passage of time Is displayed on the effect execution means, and
Even if the operation mode of the input operation accepted by the operation accepting means satisfies a predetermined operation condition or is not satisfied, one of the effect modes is selected from the plurality of effect modes. And the effect executing means to execute the selected effect mode.
As control for causing the effect execution means to execute the second and subsequent operation acceptance effect elements,
While displaying the same selection screen as the first selection screen displayed on the effect execution means,
Even if the operation mode satisfies or does not satisfy the operation condition, the same effect mode as the effect mode selected for the first time is selected, and the selected effect A game machine characterized by causing the effect execution means to execute an aspect.

  The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the operation mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature M1, regardless of the operation mode of the input operation by the player, in the operation reception effect elements executed for the second and subsequent times, the same effect mode as the effect mode performed in the first operation reception effect element Since selection and execution are performed, even when the operation receiving effect element is executed a plurality of times, the contents of the operation receiving effect elements to be executed for the first time and for the second and subsequent times can be made identical. Then, it is possible to give the player a sense of appearance (dejav) that the operation receiving effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times.

  The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

[Feature M2]
A gaming machine according to feature M1,
The control means
As control for causing the effect executing means to execute the first operation acceptance effect element,
When the operation mode satisfies the operation condition within a predetermined time, one of the plurality of effect modes is selected with the operation mode satisfying the operation condition as a trigger. ,
When the operation mode does not satisfy the operation condition within the predetermined time, one of the plurality of effect modes is selected in response to the elapse of the predetermined time. And
As control for causing the effect execution means to execute the second and subsequent operation acceptance effect elements,
When the operation mode satisfies the operation condition within the predetermined time, the same effect mode as the one selected as the first effect mode is selected when the operation mode satisfies the operation condition. State,
When the operation mode does not satisfy the operation condition within the predetermined time, the same effect mode as the effect mode selected for the first time is selected in response to the elapse of the predetermined time. A gaming machine characterized by being one.

  According to the feature M2, when the operation mode satisfies the operation condition within a predetermined time, one effect mode is selected from the plurality of effect modes triggered by the operation mode satisfying the operation condition. Since the selected state is established, the player can be actively involved in the operation reception effect element, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game. In addition, even when the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the predetermined operation condition within the predetermined time, one of the effect modes out of the plurality of effect modes triggered by the elapse of the predetermined time. Can be selected.

[Feature M3]
A game machine according to feature M1 or feature M2, wherein
The control means
When it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, and when the operation acceptance effect element is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As a control to cause the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element a plurality of times, the effect execution means does not display a time parameter indicating whether it is within a time when the input operation can be accepted. A game machine that features it.

  The player may perform the input operation at different timings in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times. Here, when the time parameter is displayed on the effect execution means, the player recognizes that the input operation has been performed at different timings in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times, and the same content is used. Even if the operation receiving effect element is executed a plurality of times, there is a possibility that it is difficult for the player to feel a sense of visual perception with respect to the operation receiving effect element executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature M3, since the time parameter is not displayed on the effect execution means when causing the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element a plurality of times, it is suppressed that the player is unlikely to feel a sense of visual appearance. Can.

[Feature M4]
A game machine according to any one of features M1 to M3;
The determination means determines whether or not the predetermined information is satisfied before the special information becomes the target of the comparison.
The control means, when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the effect execution means before the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition becomes the target of the matching. A game machine characterized by starting execution of a rendering element which is a target to be executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature M4, the execution of the effect element which is the target to be performed a plurality of times is started before the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition becomes the target of the collation. The player can be given a sense of anticipation for a sense of sight.

[Feature M5]
A game machine according to any one of features M1 to M4, wherein
The control means may cause the player to perform a suggestion effect that suggests to the player that the operation reception effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, to the effect execution means after the operation reception effect element is performed a plurality of times A game machine characterized by being to be executed.

  According to the feature M5, since the effect execution means is caused to execute the suggested effect, it is possible to make the player recognize that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect element of the same content is the same. The player can be convinced that there is a special meaning to being executed multiple times.

<Feature N group>
The feature N group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the sixth example of the seventh embodiment.
[Feature N1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
Operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
In a gaming machine provided with
The control means
If it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, at least one effect element is used as the effect executing means until the game round related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition is completed. Run multiple times,
When an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As control for causing the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element,
The effect executing means executes a first effect mode that causes the effect executing means to display a predetermined parameter that changes in a predetermined direction with the passage of time, including content that suggests acceptance of the input operation by the player. Let
A game machine characterized by causing the effect executing means to execute a second effect aspect different from the first effect aspect after the parameter satisfies a predetermined parameter condition.

  The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the operation mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature N1, after the first effect mode is executed, the parameter satisfies the predetermined parameter condition regardless of the operation mode of the input operation by the player, and the second effect mode is executed. Therefore, even when the operation acceptance effect element is executed a plurality of times, the contents of the operation acceptance effect element to be executed first and second and subsequent times can be made the same. Then, it is possible to give the player a sense of appearance (dejav) that the operation receiving effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times.

  The player who has recognized the sense of sight will have a sense of expectation that there is a special meaning to the sense of sight, for example, there is a possibility that a benefit may be given. Furthermore, when the player experiences that the benefit is given after the effect element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, the effect element is expected in the expectation that the effect element of the same content will be executed a plurality of times. Every time it is executed, it pays attention to the directing element with a high sense of expectation. Therefore, while making the player pay attention to whether or not the rendering element of the same content is executed a plurality of times, it is possible to suitably increase the player's attention to the rendering element to be sequentially executed, thereby improving the interest of the game Can be

[Feature N2]
The gaming machine according to feature N1,
The control means causes the effect executing means to execute speed change processing for changing the change speed of the parameter when the operation mode of the input operation received by the operation receiving means satisfies a predetermined operation condition. A gaming machine characterized by being.

  According to the feature N2, the player operates the operation receiving unit such that the operation mode of the input operation satisfies the predetermined operation condition in order to change the change speed of the parameter. Therefore, the player can be actively involved in the operation reception effect element, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game.

[Feature N3]
The gaming machine according to the feature N2,
When the control means changes the parameter in the decreasing direction with the passage of time, the reduction rate of the parameter decreases as the number of input operations accepted by the operation receiving means per unit time increases. A game machine characterized by causing the effect executing means to execute the speed change process.

  According to the feature N3, the player operates the operation receiving means so as to increase the number of input operations per unit time in an attempt to reduce the decrease rate of the parameter. Therefore, the player can be actively involved in the operation reception effect element, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game.

[Feature N4]
The gaming machine according to the feature N2,
When the control means changes the parameter in the direction of increasing with the lapse of time, the increase rate of the parameter increases as the number of input operations accepted by the operation receiving means per unit time increases. A game machine characterized by causing the effect executing means to execute the speed change process.

  According to the feature N4, the player operates the operation receiving unit so as to increase the number of input operations per unit time in an attempt to increase the increase rate of the parameter. Therefore, the player can be actively involved in the operation reception effect element, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game.

[Feature N5]
A gaming machine according to any one of features N1 to N4, wherein
The control means
When making the effect execution means execute the first operation acceptance effect element, the process of changing the parameter is stored,
A game machine characterized by causing the effect executing means to reproduce a process in which the stored parameter changes when causing the effect executing means to execute the second and subsequent operation receiving effect elements.

  According to the feature N5, since the process of changing the parameter is the same in the operation receiving effect element executed a plurality of times, it is possible to give the player a stronger sense of sight.

[Feature N6]
A gaming machine according to any one of features N1 to N5, wherein
It comprises changing means for changing the mode of the operation receiving means to the mode when the player has received the input operation.
The control means
When making the effect execution means execute the first operation receiving effect element, the process of the change of the mode of the operation receiving means when the input operation is received is stored,
When making the effect executing means execute the operation receiving effect element of the second and subsequent times, the changing means is made to reproduce the process of the change of the mode of the operation receiving means stored. Machine.

  According to the feature N6, since the aspect of the operation receiving means changes, it is possible to give a surprisingness to the game. Furthermore, in the second and subsequent operation receiving and effect elements, the process of changing the mode of the operation receiving means in the first operation receiving and effect elements is reproduced, so that the player can be given a stronger sense of sight.

[Feature N7]
A game machine according to any one of features N1 to N6, wherein
The determination means determines whether or not the predetermined information is satisfied before the special information becomes the target of the comparison.
The control means, when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the effect execution means before the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition becomes the target of the matching. A game machine characterized by starting execution of a rendering element which is a target to be executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature N7, since the execution of the effect element which is the object to be executed a plurality of times is started before the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition becomes the object of the collation. The player can be given a sense of anticipation for a sense of sight.

[Feature N8]
A gaming machine according to any one of features N1 to N7, wherein
The control means may cause the player to perform a suggestion effect that suggests to the player that the operation reception effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, to the effect execution means after the operation reception effect element is performed a plurality of times A game machine characterized by being to be executed.

  According to the feature N8, since the effect execution means executes the suggested effect, it is possible to make the player recognize that the effect element of the same content has been executed a plurality of times, and the effect element of the same content is the same. The player can be convinced that there is a special meaning to being executed multiple times.

<Feature O group>
The feature O group is extracted from each of the above-described embodiments or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from the example 7 of the seventh embodiment.
[Feature O1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
Operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
In a gaming machine provided with
The control means
If it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, at least one effect element is used as the effect executing means until the game round related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition is completed. Run multiple times,
When an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As control for causing the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element,
The operation mode of the input operation received by the operation receiving means has a predetermined operation condition after the effect executing means has executed the first effect mode including the content suggesting the acceptance of the input operation by the player. When satisfied, the effect executing means is caused to execute a second effect mode different from the first effect mode,
If the operation mode does not satisfy the operation condition after the first effect mode is executed by the effect executing means, the second effect mode is not executed by the effect executing means,
When the second effect mode is executed in all of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times, or in any of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times, the second effect mode is executed even once If not run
A game machine characterized by causing the effect executing means to execute a suggested effect which suggests to a player that the operation receiving effect element has been executed a plurality of times with the same content.

  The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the operation mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature O1, when the player performs the same input operation in each of the operation receiving effect elements executed a plurality of times, the operation receiving effect elements are executed a plurality of times with the same content, and the same content It is possible to give the player a sense of devil (dejab) that the effect element of has been executed a plurality of times. Then, when the operation acceptance effect element is executed a plurality of times with the same content, the effect execution means is caused to execute the suggested effect, so that the player is notified that the effect element with the same content has been executed a plurality of times. While being able to make it recognize, a player can be convinced that it has special meaning that the operation reception effect element of the same content was performed in multiple times.

  Furthermore, when the player experiences a suggested effect after the operation receiving effect element has been executed a plurality of times with the same content, every time the operation receiving effect element is executed, in the expectation that the suggested effect will be executed, The operation receiving means is operated to perform the same input operation and the operation reception effect mode is executed with the same content, and generation of a suggested effect is expected. Therefore, the degree of attention of the player to the operation acceptance effect element to be sequentially executed can be suitably enhanced, and the interest of the game can be improved.

[Feature O2]
The gaming machine according to feature O1,
When the operation mode satisfies the operation condition within a predetermined time, the control means executes the second effect mode to the effect execution means, triggered by the operation mode satisfying the operation condition. A game machine characterized by being made to

  According to the feature O2, when the operation mode of the input operation by the player satisfies the predetermined operation condition within the predetermined time, the second effect mode is triggered by the operation mode satisfying the predetermined operation condition. Since it is executed, the player can be actively involved in the operation reception effect element, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game.

[Feature O3]
A game machine according to the feature O1 or the feature O2, wherein
The control means
When it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, and when the operation acceptance effect element is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As a control to cause the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element a plurality of times, the effect execution means does not display a time parameter indicating whether it is within a time when the input operation can be accepted. A game machine that features it.

  The player may perform the input operation at different timings in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times. Here, when the time parameter is displayed on the effect execution means, the player recognizes that the input operation has been performed at different timings in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times, and the same content is used. Even if the operation receiving effect element is executed a plurality of times, there is a possibility that it is difficult for the player to feel a sense of visual perception with respect to the operation receiving effect element executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature O3, since the time parameter is not displayed on the effect execution means when causing the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element a plurality of times, it is suppressed that the player is unlikely to feel a sense of visual appearance. Can.

[Feature O4]
The gaming machine according to any one of the features O1 to O3, wherein
The determination means determines whether or not the predetermined information is satisfied before the special information becomes the target of the comparison.
The control means, when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the effect execution means before the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition becomes the target of the matching. A game machine characterized by starting execution of a rendering element which is a target to be executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature O4, the execution of the effect element which is the object to be performed a plurality of times is started before the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition becomes the object of the comparison. The player can be given a sense of anticipation for a sense of sight.

<Feature P group>
The feature P group is extracted from each of the embodiments described above or a combination thereof, and is mainly extracted from example 8 of the seventh embodiment.
[Feature P1]
An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
Operation receiving means for receiving an input operation by the player;
In a gaming machine provided with
The control means
If it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, at least one effect element is used as the effect executing means until the game round related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition is completed. Run multiple times,
When an operation receiving effect element including content suggesting acceptance of the input operation by the player is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As control for causing the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element,
The operation mode of the input operation received by the operation receiving means has a predetermined operation condition after the effect executing means has executed the first effect mode including the content suggesting the acceptance of the input operation by the player. When satisfied, the effect executing means is caused to execute a second effect mode different from the first effect mode,
A third effect mode different from the first and second effect modes when the operation mode does not satisfy a predetermined operation condition after the effect executing means executes the first effect mode To cause the effect executing means to
When the second effect mode is executed in all of the operation receiving effect elements executed a plurality of times, or the third effect mode is executed in all the operation receiving effect elements executed a plurality of times. in case of,
A game machine characterized by causing the effect executing means to execute a suggested effect which suggests to a player that the operation receiving effect element has been executed a plurality of times with the same content.

  The operation receiving effect element may be executed with different contents depending on the operation mode of the input operation by the player when executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature P1, when the player performs the same input operation in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times, the operation acceptance effect elements are executed a plurality of times with the same content, and the same content It is possible to give the player a sense of devil (dejab) that the effect element of has been executed a plurality of times. Then, when the operation acceptance effect element is executed a plurality of times with the same content, the effect execution means is caused to execute the suggested effect, so that the player is notified that the effect element with the same content has been executed a plurality of times. While being able to make it recognize, a player can be convinced that it has special meaning that the operation reception effect element of the same content was performed in multiple times.

Furthermore, when the player experiences a suggested effect after the operation receiving effect element has been executed a plurality of times with the same content, every time the operation receiving effect element is executed, in the expectation that the suggested effect will be executed, The operation receiving means is operated to perform the same input operation and the operation reception effect mode is executed with the same content, and generation of a suggested effect is expected.
Therefore, the degree of attention of the player to the operation acceptance effect element to be sequentially executed can be suitably enhanced, and the interest of the game can be improved.

[Feature P2]
The gaming machine according to the feature P1,
The control means
When the operation mode satisfies the operation condition within a predetermined time, the second effect mode is executed by the effect executing unit in response to the operation mode satisfying the operation condition.
When the operation mode does not satisfy the operation condition within the predetermined time, the third effect mode is executed by the effect executing means when the predetermined time has elapsed. A gaming machine to be.

  According to the feature P2, when the operation mode of the input operation by the player satisfies the predetermined operation condition within the predetermined time, the second effect mode is triggered by the operation mode satisfying the predetermined operation condition. Since the execution is performed, the player can be actively involved in the operation reception effect element, and the player can be provided with a sense of unity with the game. In addition, even when the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the predetermined operation condition within the predetermined time, the third effect mode can be executed when the predetermined time has elapsed. . Furthermore, even when the operation mode of the input operation by the player does not satisfy the predetermined operation condition within the predetermined time, the third effect mode is executed, so that unexpectedness can be given to the game. The interest of the game can be improved.

[Feature P3]
A game machine according to feature P1 or feature P2, wherein
The control means
When it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, and when the operation acceptance effect element is selected as the effect element to be executed a plurality of times,
As a control to cause the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element a plurality of times, the effect execution means does not display a time parameter indicating whether it is within a time when the input operation can be accepted. A game machine that features it.

  The player may perform the input operation at different timings in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times. Here, when the time parameter is displayed on the effect execution means, the player recognizes that the input operation has been performed at different timings in each of the operation acceptance effect elements executed a plurality of times, and the same content is used. Even if the operation receiving effect element is executed a plurality of times, there is a possibility that it is difficult for the player to feel a sense of visual perception with respect to the operation receiving effect element executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature P3, since the time parameter is not displayed on the effect execution means when causing the effect execution means to execute the operation acceptance effect element a plurality of times, it is suppressed that the player is unlikely to feel a sense of visual appearance. Can.

[Feature P4]
A gaming machine according to any one of features P1 to P3.
The determination means determines whether or not the predetermined information is satisfied before the special information becomes the target of the comparison.
The control means, when it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, the effect execution means before the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition becomes the target of the matching. A game machine characterized by starting execution of a rendering element which is a target to be executed a plurality of times.

  According to the feature P4, the execution of the effect element which is the target to be performed a plurality of times is started before the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition becomes the target of the collation. The player can be given a sense of anticipation for a sense of sight.

  The basic configuration of the gaming machine to which each of the above features can be applied or applied to each of the features is described below.

Pachinko game machine: Launching means for launching game balls toward the game area based on the player's shooting operation, and starting ball entry provided in the game area and capable of entering the game balls flowing down the game area An information acquisition unit for acquiring special information based on the game ball entering the starting ball storage unit;
A game machine comprising: acquisition information storage means for storing special information acquired by the information acquisition means when a game ball enters the starting ball storage portion.

  Throttle type gaming machines such as slot machines: A pattern display device for variably displaying a plurality of patterns, variable display of the plurality of patterns is started due to the operation of the start operation means, and the cause is due to the operation of the stop operation means And / or a variable display of the plurality of symbols is stopped when a predetermined time elapses, and a game machine which provides a bonus to the player according to the symbols after the stop.

  The present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiment and modifications, and can be realized in various configurations without departing from the scope of the invention. For example, the technical features in the embodiments corresponding to the technical features in the respective forms described in the section of the summary of the invention, and the technical features in the modified examples are for solving some or all of the problems described above, or Replacements or combinations can be made as appropriate to achieve part or all of the effects. Also, if the technical features are not described as essential in the present specification, they can be deleted as appropriate.

DESCRIPTION OF SYMBOLS 10 ... Pachinko machine 11 ... Outer frame 12 ... Pachinko machine main body 13 ... Inner frame 14 ... Front door frame 15 ... Hinge 16 ... Hinge 17 ... Cylinder lock 18. .. Window portion 19: Glass unit 20: Upper plate 21: Lower plate 22: Discharge port 23: Lever 24: Directional operation button 25: Operation handle 30: Game board 31 ... induction rail 31a ... inner rail section 31b ... outer rail section 32 ... general winning opening 33 ... first starting port 34 ... second starting port 34a ... electric Character 34b ... Motorized role drive 35 ... Through gate 36 ... Variable winning device 36a ... Large winning opening 36b ... Opening door 36c ... Variable winning drive 37 ... Special Figure unit 37a ... 1st result display section 37b ... 2nd result display section 37c ... 1st suspension display section 37d ... 2nd suspension display section 38 ... popular drawing unit 39 ... round Display 40: Variable display unit 41: Symbol display 41a ... display surface 41 aL ... display area 41 aS ... display area 42 ... nail 43 ... out port 45 ... main display section 46 ... speaker 47 ... various lamps 51 .. . 1st control unit 52 2nd control unit 53 3rd control unit 54 tank 55 tank rail 56 case rail 60 main controller 61 main Control board 62: Main side MPU
63: Main side ROM
63a ... success or failure table storage area 63b ... distribution table storage area 63c ... reach determination table storage area 63d ... display continuation time table storage area 63e ... stop result table storage area 63f ... Command information storage area 64: Main RAM
64a ... lottery counter buffer 64b ... holding ball storage area 64b ... holding information storage area 64c ... electric wave holding area 64d ... various counter areas 64e ... various flag storage areas 67a .. .Various detection sensors 70 ... Payout control device 71 ... Payout device 80 ... Launch control device 81 ... Game ball firing mechanism 85 ... Power supply device 86 ... Power failure monitoring circuit 90 ... Voice Light emission control device 91 ... sound emission control board 92 ... sound light side MPU
93: Sound and light side ROM
93a ... table storage area for pending confirmation 93b ... presence feeling notice occurrence table storage area 93c ... notice effect staging table storage area for feeling of presence notice 93d ... stop symbol table storage area for notice of appearance 93e ... variation display pattern table storage area 94 ... sound side RAM
94a ... Various flag storage area 94b ... Various counter area 94c ... Lottery counter area 94d ... Visual sensation notice advance notice memory area 100 ... Display control device 101 ... Display control board 102: Display side MPU
103: Program ROM
104 ... work RAM
105 ... VDP
106: Character ROM
107 ... Video RAM

Claims (1)

An information acquisition unit that acquires special information based on establishment of a predetermined acquisition condition;
Acquisition information storage means for storing the special information acquired by the information acquisition means;
Collation means for collating whether or not the information included in the special information stored in the acquired information storage means matches the predetermined benefit grant information;
Notification means for notifying of the result of the comparison of the special information every game time;
Privilege giving means for giving a player a privilege when information included in the special information matches the privilege giving information as a result of the collation of the special information;
A determination unit that determines whether or not a predetermined condition is satisfied based on at least one of the information included in the special information, before the special information becomes the target of the matching;
An effect executing means for executing a game effect configured by the effect element;
Control means for controlling the effect executing means;
In a gaming machine provided with
The control means
If it is determined that the predetermined condition is satisfied, a predetermined effect element is determined,
The effect executing means is
Starting means for starting the execution of the determined effect element from game times prior to the game times related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition;
Execution means for causing the determined effect element to be executed a plurality of times with the same content until the game round related to the special information determined to satisfy the predetermined condition is completed;
A means for performing, after the execution of a plurality of times of the same content elements is started, suggesting effects suggesting to the player a plurality of executions of the same content elements;
Gaming machine, characterized in that it comprises a.